 |
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
|
| If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader . |
|
|
| Datasheet File OCR Text: |
| www..com H8/3714 Series HD6433712 HD6433713 HD6433714, HD6473714 Hardware Manual .com DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Preface The H8/300L Series of single-chip microcomputers has the high-speed H8/300L CPU at its core, with many necessary peripheral functions on-chip. The H8/300L CPU instruction set is compatible with the H8/300 CPU, and is ideal for realtime control. The H8/3714 Series has a system-on-a-chip architecture that includes such peripheral functions as a vacuum fluorescent display controller/driver, five timers, a 14-bit PWM, a two-channel serial communication interface, and an A/D converter. It also has high-voltage pins capable of directly driving a vacuum fluorescent display, making it ideal for use in systems employing this type of display. This manual describes the hardware of the H8/3714 Series. For details on the instruction set, refer to the H8/300L Series Programming Manual. t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Contents Section 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 Overview ......................................................................................................... Overview......................................................................................................................... Internal Block Diagram .................................................................................................. Pin Arrangement and Functions ..................................................................................... 1.3.1 Pin Arrangement................................................................................................. 1.3.2 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 1 1 5 6 6 8 CPU................................................................................................................... 15 Overview......................................................................................................................... 15 2.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 15 2.1.2 Address Space..................................................................................................... 16 2.1.3 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 17 2.2 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 18 2.2.1 General Registers................................................................................................ 18 om 2.2.2 Control Registers ................................................................................................ ta18 ee t4U.c Da Sh 2.2.3 Initial Register Values......................................................................................... 20 2.3 Data Formats................................................................................................................... 20 2.3.1 Data Formats in General Registers ..................................................................... 21 2.3.2 Memory Data Formats........................................................................................ 22 .com 2.4 Addressing Modes .......................................................................................................... 23 2.4.1 Addressing Modes .............................................................................................. 23 2.4.2 Effective Address Calculation ............................................................................ 25 2.5 Instruction Set................................................................................................................. 29 2.5.1 Data Transfer Instructions .................................................................................. 31 2.5.2 Arithmetic Operations ........................................................................................ 33 2.5.3 Logic Operations ................................................................................................ 34 2.5.4 Shift Operations .................................................................................................. 34 2.5.5 Bit Manipulations ............................................................................................... 36 2.5.6 Branching Instructions........................................................................................ 40 2.5.7 System Control Instructions ............................................................................... 42 2.5.8 Block Data Transfer Instruction ......................................................................... 43 2.6 CPU States ...................................................................................................................... 45 2.6.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 45 2.6.2 Program Execution State .................................................................................... 46 2.6.3 Program Halt State.............................................................................................. 46 2.6.4 Exception-Handling State................................................................................... 46 2.7 Basic Operation Timing.................................................................................................. 47 .com 2.7.1 Access to On-Chip Memory (RAM, ROM) ....................................................... 47 2.7.2 Access to On-Chip Peripheral Modules ............................................................. 48 2.1 Section 2 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com 2.8 Application Notes ........................................................................................................... 49 2.8.1 Notes on Data Access ......................................................................................... 49 2.8.2 Notes on Bit Manipulation.................................................................................. 51 System Control .............................................................................................. Overview......................................................................................................................... Exception Handling ........................................................................................................ 3.2.1 Reset ................................................................................................................... 3.2.2 Interrupts............................................................................................................. 3.2.3 Interrupt Control Registers ................................................................................. 3.2.4 External Interrupts .............................................................................................. 3.2.5 Internal Interrupts ............................................................................................... 3.2.6 Interrupt Operations............................................................................................ 3.2.7 Return from an Interrupt..................................................................................... 3.2.8 Interrupt Response Time..................................................................................... 3.2.9 Valid Interrupts in Each Mode............................................................................ om 3.2.10 Notes on Stack Area Use .................................................................................... t4U.c 3.3 System Modes................................................................................................................. 3.3.1 Active Mode ....................................................................................................... 3.3.2 Low-Power Operation Mode .............................................................................. 3.3.3 Application Notes ............................................................................................... 3.4 System Control Registers ............................................................................................... .com 3.4.1 System Control Register 1 (SYSCR1)................................................................ 3.4.2 System Control Register 2 (SYSCR2)................................................................ 3.1 3.2 Section 3 55 55 55 55 56 58 66 67 67 72 72 73 74 D Shee 75 ata 76 76 82 83 83 85 87 87 87 88 88 88 91 91 94 96 97 97 97 97 Section 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 ROM ................................................................................................................. Overview......................................................................................................................... 4.1.1 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... PROM Mode................................................................................................................... 4.2.1 Selection to PROM Mode................................................................................... 4.2.2 Socket Adapter Pin Arrangement and Memory Map ......................................... Programming .................................................................................................................. 4.3.1 Writing and Verifying ......................................................................................... 4.3.2 Programming Precautions................................................................................... 4.3.3 Reliability of Written Data ................................................................................. RAM ................................................................................................................. Overview......................................................................................................................... 5.1.1 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... .com 5.1.2 Display RAM Area ............................................................................................. 5.1 Section 5 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Section 6 6.1 6.2 6.3 Clock Pulse Generators............................................................................... 99 99 99 100 103 Overview......................................................................................................................... 6.1.1 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... System Clock Generator ................................................................................................. Subclock Generator ........................................................................................................ I/O Ports........................................................................................................... 105 Overview......................................................................................................................... 105 7.1.1 Port Types and Mask Options............................................................................. 107 7.1.2 MOS Pull-Up ...................................................................................................... 108 7.1.3 MOS Pull-Down ................................................................................................. 110 7.2 Port 0 ............................................................................................................................ 111 7.2.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 111 7.2.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 111 7.2.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 112 7.2.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 112 Port 1 ............................................................................................................................ 113 ee om7.3 t4U.c DataSh 7.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 113 7.3.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 113 7.3.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 118 7.3.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 119 .com 7.4 Port 4 ............................................................................................................................ 120 7.4.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 120 7.4.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 120 7.4.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 121 7.4.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 121 7.5 Port 5 ............................................................................................................................ 122 7.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 122 7.5.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 122 7.5.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 123 7.5.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 123 7.6 Port 6 ............................................................................................................................ 124 7.6.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 124 7.6.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 124 7.6.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 125 7.6.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 125 7.7 Port 7 ............................................................................................................................ 126 7.7.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 126 7.7.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 126 .com 7.7.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 127 7.7.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 127 7.1 Section 7 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com 7.8 Port 9 ............................................................................................................................ 128 7.8.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 128 7.8.2 Register Configuration and Description ............................................................. 128 7.8.3 Pin Functions ...................................................................................................... 132 7.8.4 Pin States ............................................................................................................ 134 Section 8 8.1 Timers............................................................................................................... 135 Overview......................................................................................................................... 135 8.1.1 Prescaler Operation............................................................................................. 136 8.2 Timer A........................................................................................................................... 138 8.2.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 138 8.2.2 Register Descriptions.......................................................................................... 139 8.2.3 Timer Operation.................................................................................................. 141 8.3 Timer B ........................................................................................................................... 143 8.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 143 8.3.2 Register Descriptions.......................................................................................... 144 om 8.3.3 Timer Operation.................................................................................................. 146 t4U.c D Shee 8.4 Timer C ........................................................................................................................... 148 ata 8.4.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 148 8.4.2 Register Descriptions.......................................................................................... 149 8.4.3 Timer Operation.................................................................................................. 152 8.5 Timer D........................................................................................................................... 154 .com 8.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 154 8.5.2 Register Descriptions.......................................................................................... 155 8.5.3 Timer Operation.................................................................................................. 157 8.6 Timer E ........................................................................................................................... 158 8.6.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 158 8.6.2 Register Descriptions.......................................................................................... 160 8.6.3 Timer Operation.................................................................................................. 164 8.7 Interrupts......................................................................................................................... 167 8.8 Application Notes ........................................................................................................... 167 Section 9 9.1 14-Bit PWM ................................................................................................... 169 Overview......................................................................................................................... 169 9.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 169 9.1.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 169 9.1.3 Pin Configuration................................................................................................ 170 9.1.4 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 170 .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com 9.2 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 171 9.2.1 PWM Control Register (PWCR) ........................................................................ 171 9.2.2 PWM Data Registers U and L (PWDRU, PWDRL) .......................................... 172 9.3 Operation ........................................................................................................................ 173 Section 10 SCI1 .................................................................................................................. 175 10.1 10.2 t4U.com 10.3 Overview......................................................................................................................... 175 10.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 175 10.1.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 175 10.1.3 Pin Configuration................................................................................................ 176 10.1.4 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 176 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 177 10.2.1 Serial Mode Register 1 (SMR1) ......................................................................... 177 10.2.2 Serial Data Register U1 (SDRU1)...................................................................... 178 10.2.3 Serial Data Register L1 (SDRL1)....................................................................... 179 10.2.4 Serial Port Register 1 (SPR1) ............................................................................. 179 10.2.5 Port Mode Register 2 (PMR2)............................................................................ 180 e Sh Da 181 e 10.2.6 Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3)............................................................................ ta Operation ........................................................................................................................ 182 10.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 182 10.3.2 Data Transfer Format.......................................................................................... 183 10.3.3 Clock................................................................................................................... 183 .com 10.3.4 Data Transmit/Receive ....................................................................................... 183 10.3.5 SCI1 State Transitions ........................................................................................ 186 10.3.6 Serial Clock Error Detection .............................................................................. 187 10.3.7 Interrupts............................................................................................................. 188 Section 11 SCI2 .................................................................................................................. 189 Overview......................................................................................................................... 189 11.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 189 11.1.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 189 11.1.3 Pin Configuration................................................................................................ 190 11.1.4 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 190 11.2 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 191 11.2.1 Start Address Register (STAR)........................................................................... 191 11.2.2 End Address Register (EDAR)........................................................................... 191 11.2.3 Serial Control Register 2 (SCR2) ....................................................................... 192 11.2.4 Status Register (STSR) ....................................................................................... 193 11.2.5 Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3)............................................................................ 195 .com 11.3 Operation ........................................................................................................................ 197 11.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 197 11.1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com 11.3.2 Clock................................................................................................................... 198 11.3.3 Data Transfer Format.......................................................................................... 198 11.3.4 Data Transmit/Receive ....................................................................................... 200 11.4 Interrupts......................................................................................................................... 202 11.5 Application Notes ........................................................................................................... 202 Section 12 VFD Controller/Driver................................................................................ 203 12.1 Overview......................................................................................................................... 203 12.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 203 12.1.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 203 12.1.3 Pin Configuration................................................................................................ 204 12.1.4 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 204 12.2 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 205 12.2.1 VFD Digit Control Register (VFDR) ................................................................. 205 12.2.2 VFD Segment Control Register (VFSR) ............................................................ 208 12.2.3 Digit Beginning Register (DBR) ........................................................................ 210 12.3 m Operation ........................................................................................................................ 212 o t4U.c D Shee 12.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................. 212 ata 12.3.2 Control Section ................................................................................................... 212 12.3.3 RAM Bit Correspondence to Digits/Segments................................................... 212 12.3.4 Procedure for Starting Operation........................................................................ 214 12.4 Interrupts......................................................................................................................... 214 .com 12.5 Occurrence of Flicker when VFD Registers are Rewritten ............................................ 214 Section 13 A/D Converter................................................................................................ 215 Overview......................................................................................................................... 215 13.1.1 Features............................................................................................................... 215 13.1.2 Block Diagram.................................................................................................... 216 13.1.3 Pin Configuration................................................................................................ 217 13.1.4 Register Configuration........................................................................................ 217 13.2 Register Descriptions...................................................................................................... 218 13.2.1 A/D Result Register (ADRR) ............................................................................. 218 13.2.2 A/D Mode Register (AMR) ................................................................................ 218 13.2.3 A/D Start Register (ADSR) ................................................................................ 221 13.2.4 Port Mode Register 0 (PMR0)............................................................................ 222 13.3 Operation ........................................................................................................................ 222 13.4 Interrupts......................................................................................................................... 222 13.5 Typical Use ..................................................................................................................... 223 13.6 Application Notes ........................................................................................................... 227 .com 13.1 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Section 14 Electrical Specifications.............................................................................. 229 14.1 14.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings ........................................................................................... 229 HD6473714 Electrical Characteristics ........................................................................... 230 14.2.1 HD6473714 DC Characteristics ......................................................................... 230 14.2.2 HD6473714 AC Characteristics ......................................................................... 236 14.2.3 HD6473714 A/D Converter Characteristics....................................................... 239 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 Electrical Characteristics .......................... 240 14.3.1 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 DC Characteristics........................ 240 14.3.2 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 AC Characteristics........................ 246 14.3.3 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 A/D Converter Characteristics...... 249 Operational Timing......................................................................................................... 250 Differences in Electrical Characteristics between HD6473714 and HD6433712/HD6433713/HD6433714........................................................................... 253 14.3 14.4 14.5 Appendix A CPU Instruction Set ................................................................................... 255 A.1 omA.2 t4U.c A.3 Instruction Notation ........................................................................................................ 255 Operation Code Map....................................................................................................... 256 ee DataSh Number of States Required for Execution...................................................................... 258 Appendix B On-Chip Registers...................................................................................... 265 B.1 B.2 On-Chip Registers (1)..................................................................................................... 265 .com On-Chip Registers (2)..................................................................................................... 268 Appendix C I/O Port Block Diagrams ......................................................................... 295 C.1 C.2 C.3 C.4 C.5 C.6 C.7 Port 0 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 1 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 4 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 5 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 6 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 7 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... Port 9 Block Diagram ..................................................................................................... 295 296 299 300 301 302 303 Appendix D Port States in Each Processing State.................................................... 309 Appendix E List of Mask Options................................................................................. 311 Appendix F Rise Time and Fall Time of High-Voltage Pins................................. 312 .com Appendix G Package Dimensions................................................................................. 313 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Section 1 Overview 1.1 Overview The H8/300L Series is a series of single-chip microcontrollers (MCU: microcomputer unit) built around the high-speed H8/300L CPU and equipped with peripheral system functions on-chip. Within the H8/300L Series, the H8/3714 Series microcontrollers are equipped with high-voltage pins. On-chip peripheral functions include a vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) controller/driver, timers, a 14-bit pulse width modulator (digital-to-analog converter), two serial communication interface channels, and an analog-to-digital converter. Together, these functions make the H8/3714 Series ideally suited for embedded control of systems requiring a vacuum fluorescent display. On-chip memory is 16 kbytes of ROM and 384 bytes of RAM in the H8/3712, 24 kbytes of ROM and 384 bytes of RAM in the H8/3713, or 32 kbytes of ROM and 512 bytes of RAM in the H8/3714, providing a choice for systems of different sizes. The ZTATTM* versions of the H8/3714 come with user-programmable PROM. t4U.comTable 1 summarizes the features of the H8/3714 Series. DataShee Note: * ZTAT (zero turn-around time) is a trademark of Hitachi, Ltd. .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 1 www..com Table 1-1 Features Item CPU Description General-register architecture * General registers: Sixteen 8-bit registers (can be used as eight 16-bit registers) Operating speed * Max. operating speed: 4.19 MHz * Add/subtract: 0.5 s (operating at = 4 MHz) * Multiply/divide: 3.5 s (operating at = 4 MHz) * Can run on 32 kHz subclock Instruction set compatible with H8/300 CPU * Instruction length of 2 bytes or 4 bytes * Basic arithmetic operations between registers t4U.com * MOV instruction for data transfer between memory and registers Instruction features * Multiply (8 bits x 8 bits) * Divide (16 bits / 8 bits) * Bit accumulator .com * Register-indirect designation of bit position DataShee Memory * H8/3714: 32 kbyte ROM, 512 byte RAM * H8/3713: 24 kbyte ROM, 384 byte RAM * H8/3712: 16 kbyte ROM, 384 byte RAM .com DataSheet 4 U .com 2 www..com Table 1-1 Features (cont) Item Timers Description * Timer A: 8-bit interval timer Count-up timer with selection of eight internal clock signals divided from the system clock ()* and four clock signals divided from the subclock (SUB) * Timer B: 8-bit reload timer Count-up timer with selection of seven internal clock signals or event input from pin P10/IRQ0 * Timer C: 8-bit reload timer Count-up/count-down timer with selection of seven internal clock signals or event input from pin P11/IRQ1 * Timer D: 8-bit event counter Up-counter for counting input from pin P16/EVENT t4U.com * Timer E: 8-bit reloadable timer Count-up timer with selection of eight internal clock signals. Square-wave (50% duty cycle) output with a fixed frequency or variable frequency controlled by timer E overflow can be selected by pin P15/IRQ5/TMOE settings. Note: * indicates a clock frequency that is divided in half from the original .com oscillator frequency 14-bit PWM * Pulse-division PWM designed for less ripple * Can be used as a 14-bit D/A converter by connecting to an external lowpass filter VFD driver/controller * Up to 24 segment pins and up to 16 digit pins (of which 8 are for both uses) * Brightness adjustable in 8 steps (dimmer function) * Digit and segment pins can be switched to use as general-purpose highvoltage pins * Key scan interval can be enabled or disabled * Interrupt can be requested when key scan interval starts Serial communication interface * 2-channel synchronous SCI1 and SCI2 * Choice of 8-bit or 16-bit data transfer (SCI1) * Automatic transfer of 32-byte data (SCI2) * Overrun error detection possible DataShee .com * Interrupt can be requested when transfer is complete DataSheet 4 U .com 3 www..com Table 1-1 Features (cont) Item A/D converter Description * Successive approximations using a resistance ladder * Resolution: 8 bits * 8-channel analog input port * Conversion time: 31/ or 62/ per channel * Interrupt can be requested at completion of A/D conversion I/O ports * High-voltage I/O pins: 32 * High-voltage input pin: 1 * Standard-voltage I/O pins: 12 * Standard-voltage input pins: 9 Interrupts * Four external interrupt pins: IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, IRQ0 * Ten internal interrupt sources * Sleep mode * Standby mode * Watch mode * Subactive mode Other t4U.copower operation Low m modes DataShee .com * Built-in pulse generators for system clock and subclock * Timer A can run on the subclock for use as a time base Product Code Mask ROM Version ZTATTM Version HD6433714H HD6433714P HD6433713H HD6433713P HD6433712H HD6433712P HD6473714H HD6473714P -- -- -- -- Package 64 pin GFP (FP-64A) 64 pin SDIP (DP-64S) 64 pin QFP (FP-64A) 64 pin SDIP (DP-64S) 64 pin QFP (FP-64A) 64 pin SDIP (DP-64S) ROM: 16 kbytes RAM: 384 bytes ROM: 24 kbytes RAM: 384 bytes ROM/RAM Size ROM: 32 kbytes RAM: 512 bytes Product lineup .com DataSheet 4 U .com 4 www..com 1.2 Internal Block Diagram Figure 1-1 is an internal block diagram of the H8/3714 Series. OSC1 OSC2 TEST RES VCC Subclock pulse generator P90 /PWM P91 /SCK1 P9 2 /SI1 P9 3 /SO1 P94 /SCK2 P9 5 /SI 2 /CS P9 6 /SO2 P97 /UD System clock pulse generator CPU H8/300L P10 /IRQ 0 P11 /IRQ 1 P12 /IRQ 2 P13 /IRQ 3 P14 /IRQ 4 P15 /IRQ 5 /TMOE P16 /EVENT P17 /Vdisp P60 /FD 0 /FS 7 P61 /FD 1 /FS 6 P62 /FD 2 /FS 5 P63 /FD 3 /FS 4 P64 /FD 4 /FS 3 P65 /FD 5 /FS 2 P66 /FD 6 /FS 1 P67 /FD 7 /FS 0 P70 /FD 8 P71 /FD 9 P72 /FD 10 P73 /FD 11 P74 /FD 12 P75 /FD 13 P76 /FD 14 P77 /FD 15 VSS X1 X2 Data bus (lower) Port 9 RAM Port 5 Timer C SCI1 P4 0 /FS16 P4 1 /FS17 P4 2 /FS18 P4 3 /FS19 P4 4 /FS20 P4 5 /FS21 P4 6 /FS22 P4 7 /FS23 .com Timer D Port 4 SCI2 Timer E Address bus Timer B Data bus (upper) VFD controller/driver 14-bit PWM A/D converter Port 0 .com Figure 1-1 Block Diagram DataSheet 4 U .com P00 /AN 0 P01 /AN 1 P02 /AN 2 P03 /AN 3 P04 /AN 4 P05 /AN 5 P06 /AN 6 P07 /AN 7 5 AV CC AV SS Port 7 Port 6 t4U.com P5 0 /FS15 P5 1 /FS14 P5 2 /FS13 P5 3 /FS12 P5 4 /FS11 P5 5 /FS10 P56 /FS 9 P57 /FS 8 Mask ROM (PROM) Timer A Port 1 DataShee www..com 1.3 Pin Arrangement and Functions 1.3.1 Pin Arrangement The pin arrangements for the H8/3714 Series are shown in figure 1-2 (FP-64A) and figure 1-3 (DP-64S). P9 5 /SI 2/CS P9 4 /SCK 2 P9 1 /SCK 1 P9 0 /PWM P7 7 /FD 15 P7 6 /FD 14 P7 5 /FD 13 P7 4 /FD 12 P7 3 /FD 11 51 P7 2 /FD 10 50 P9 6 /SO 2 P9 3 /SO 1 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 AVCC P0 0/AN 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 49 P7 1 /FD 9 P9 2 /SI 1 P9 7 /UD VCC 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 P7 0 /FD 8 P6 7 /FD 7 /FS 0 P6 6 /FD 6 /FS 1 P6 4 /FD 4 /FS 3 P6 3 /FD 3 /FS 4 P6 2 /FD 2 /FS 5 P6 1 /FD 1 /FS 6 P6 0 /FD 0 /FS 7 P1 7 /Vdisp P5 7 /FS 8 P5 6 /FS 9 P5 5 /FS 10 P5 4 /FS 11 P5 3 /FS 12 P5 2 /FS 13 m t4U.coP0 1/AN 1 P0 2/AN 2 P0 3/AN 3 P0 4/AN 4 P0 5/AN 5 P0 6/AN 6 P0 7/AN 7 AV SS TEST X2 X1 V SS OSC 1 OSC 2 ataShe P6 5 /FD 5 /FS 2 D e .com 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 P51 /FS14 P15 /IRQ 5/TMOE P16 /EVENT RES P10 /IRQ 0 P11 /IRQ 1 P14 /IRQ 4 P47 /FS23 P46 /FS22 P45 /FS21 P44 /FS20 P43 /FS19 P42 /FS18 P41 /FS17 P40 /FS16 .com Figure 1-2 Pin Arrangement (FP-64A: Top View) DataSheet 4 U .com 6 P50 /FS15 www..com VCC P9 0 /PWM P9 1 /SCK 1 P9 2 /SI 1 P9 3 /SO 1 P9 4 /SCK 2 P9 5 /SI 2 /CS P9 6 /SO 2 P9 7 /UD AVCC P0 0 /AN 0 P0 1 /AN 1 P0 2 /AN 2 P0 3 /AN 3 P0 4 /AN 4 P0 5 /AN 5 P0 6 /AN 6 P0 7 /AN 7 AV SS TEST X2 X1 V SS OSC 1 OSC 2 RES P10 /IRQ 0 P11 /IRQ 1 P14 /IRQ 4 P15 /IRQ5 /TMOE P16 /EVENT P4 7 /FS23 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 .com 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 P7 7 /FD 15 P7 6 /FD 14 P7 5 /FD 13 P7 4 /FD 12 P7 3 /FD 11 P7 2 /FD 10 P7 1 /FD 9 P7 0 /FD 8 P6 7 /FD 7 /FS 0 P6 6 /FD 6 /FS 1 P6 5 /FD 5 /FS 2 P6 4 /FD 4 /FS 3 P6 3 /FD 3 /FS 4 P6 2 /FD 2 /FS 5 P6 1 /FD 1 /FS 6 P6 0 /FD 0 /FS 7 P1 7 /Vdisp P5 7 /FS 8 P5 6 /FS 9 P5 5 /FS 10 P5 4 /FS 11 P5 3 /FS 12 P5 2 /FS 13 P5 1 /FS 14 P5 0 /FS 15 P4 0 /FS 16 P4 1 /FS 17 P4 2 /FS 18 P4 3 /FS 19 P4 4 /FS 20 P4 5 /FS 21 P4 6 /FS 22 t4U.com DataShee .com Figure 1-3 Pin Arrangement (DP-64S: Top View) DataSheet 4 U .com 7 www..com 1.3.2 Pin Functions 1. List of pin functions Table 1-2 lists the pin functions of the LSI. Table 1-2 List of Pin Functions Pin No. FP-64A 6 7 8 9 10 DP-64S 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Name and Function P04/AN4 (standard input port/analog input channel) P05/AN5 (standard input port/analog input channel) P06/AN6 (standard input port/analog input channel) P07/AN7 (standard input port/analog input channel) AVSS (reference voltage for A/D converter) TEST (test pin) X2 (subclock oscillator connection) X1 (subclock oscillator connection) VSS (ground) OSC1 (system clock oscillator connection) OSC2 (system clock oscillator connection) RES (reset input) P10/IRQ0 (standard I/O port/external interrupt or timer B event input) P11/IRQ1 (standard I/O port/external interrupt or timer C event input) P14/IRQ4 (standard I/O port/external interrupt) P15/IRQ5/TMOE (standard I/O port/external interrupt/warning tone output) P16/EVENT (standard input port/timer D event input) P47/FS23 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P46/FS22 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P45/FS21 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P44/FS20 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P43/FS19 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P42/FS18 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P41/FS17 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) PROM Mode NC NC NC NC VSS VCC NC VCC VSS VSS NC VPP NC NC NC NC EA9 NC NC NC NC VCC VCC VSS t4U.com 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 11 DataShee .com .com 28 37 29 38 DataSheet 4 U .com 8 www..com Table 1-2 List of Pin Functions (cont) Pin No. FP-64A 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 DP-64S 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 Name and Function P40/FS16 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P50/FS15 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P51/FS14 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P52/FS13 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P53/FS12 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P54/FS11 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P55/FS10 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P56/FS9 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P57/FS8 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD segment output) P17/Vdisp (high-voltage input port/VFD power source) P60/FD0/FS7 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P61/FD1/FS6 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P62/FD2/FS5 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) .com P63/FD3/FS4 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P64/FD4/FS3 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P65/FD5/FS2 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P66/FD6/FS1 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P67/FD7/FS0 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit-segment output) P70/FD8 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P71/FD9 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P72/FD10 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) PROM Mode VSS EA0 EA1 EA2 EA3 EA4 EA5 EA6 EA7 VCC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC EA8 OE EA10 t4U.com40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com 9 www..com Table 1-2 List of Pin Functions (cont) Pin No. FP-64A 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 DP-64S 60 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Name and Function P73/FD11 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P74/FD12 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P75/FD13 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P76/FD14 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) P77/FD15 (high-voltage I/O port/VFD digit output) VCC (system power source) P90/PWM (standard I/O port/PWM output) P91/SCK1 (standard I/O port/clock output) P92/SI1 (standard I/O port/data input) P93/SO1 (standard I/O port/data output) P94/SCK2 (standard I/O port/clock I/O) P95/SI2/CS (standard I/O port/data input/chip select output) P96/SO2 (standard I/O port/data output) P97/UD (standard I/O port/timer C up-down control) .com AVCC (reference power source for A/D converter) PO0/AN0 (standard input port/analog input channel) PO1/AN1 (standard input port/analog input channel) PO2/AN2 (standard input port/analog input channel) PO3/AN3 (standard input port/analog input channel) PROM Mode EA11 EA12 EA13 EA14 CE VCC EO0 EO1 EO2 EO3 EO4 EO5 EO6 EO7 VCC NC NC NC NC t4U.com 61 62 63 64 1 2 3 4 5 DataShee Notes: 1. NC pins should be left unconnected. 2. Details on PROM mode are given in 4.2, PROM Mode. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 10 www..com 2. Pin functions Table 1-3 explains the functions of each pin in more detail. Table 1-3 Pin Functions Pin No. Type Power supply pins Symbol FP-64A DP-64S I/O VCC 56 1 Input Name and Functions Power source: Connects to a power supply (+5 V) All VCC pins should be connected to the system power supply (+5 V). VSS 14 23 Input Ground: Connects to a power supply (0 V). All VSS pins should be connected to the system power supply (0 V). t4U.com AVCC 1 10 Input Analog power supply: This is the D A/D e reference power supply pin for the ataShe converter. When the A/D converter is not used, connect this pin to the system power supply (+5 V). Analog ground: This is the A/D It should be connected to the system power supply (0 V). AVSS 10 .com converter ground pin. 19 Input Vdisp Clock pins OSC1 39 15 48 24 Input Input VFD power supply: This pin should be connected to a VFD driver power supply. This pin connects to a crystal or ceramic oscillator, or can be used to input an external clock. See section 6, Clock Pulse Generators, for a typical connection diagram. OSC2 X1 16 13 25 22 Output This pin connects to a crystal or ceramic oscillator. Input This pin connects to a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator. For a typical connection diagram, see section 6, Clock Pulse Generators. X2 12 21 .com Output This pin connects to a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator. DataSheet 4 U .com 11 www..com Table 1-3 Pin Functions (cont) Pin No. Type System control Symbol FP-64A DP-64S I/O RES TEST 17 11 26 20 Input Input Name and Functions Reset: When this pin goes to low level, the chip is reset. Test: This pin is not for use in application systems. It should be connected to VSS. External interrupt request 0: This is an input pin for external interrupts for which there is a choice between rising and falling edge sensing. It can be used to exit low-power mode. This pin can be used as the event input pin for timer B. A noise cancel function is also provided. IRQ1 19 28 Input Interrupt pins IRQ0 18 27 Input t4U.com External interrupt request 1: This is an ataShee D input pin for external interrupts for which there is a choice between rising and falling edge sensing. It can be used to exit low-power mode. pin for timer C. .com pin can be used as the event input This IRQ4 20 29 Input External interrupt request 4: This is an input pin for external interrupts for which there is a choice between rising and falling edge sensing. External interrupt request 5: This is an input pin for external interrupts that are detected at the falling edge. IRQ5 21 30 Input .com DataSheet 4 U .com 12 www..com Table 1-3 Pin Functions (cont) Pin No. Type Timer pins Symbol FP-64A DP-64S I/O IRQ0 18 27 Input Name and Functions Timer B event counter input: This is an event input pin for input to the timer B counter. Timer C event counter input: This is an event input pin for input to the timer C counter. Timer C up/down select: This pin selects whether the timer C counter is used for up- or down-counting. At high level it selects down-counting, and at low level up-counting. IRQ1 19 28 Input UD 64 9 Input t4U.com EVENT 22 31 Input Input to this pin is valid only when bit TMC6 in timer mode register C (TMC) is set to 1. Shee Data Timer D event counter input: This is an event input pin for input to the timer D counter. TMOE 21 30 Output Timer E output: This is an output pin for output circuit. .com waveforms generated by the timer E 14-bit PWM pin PWM 57 2 Output 14-bit PWM output: This is an output pin for waveforms generated by the 14-bit PWM. Output Serial transmit data output (channels 1 and 2): These are SCI data output pins. Input I/O Serial receive data input (channels 1 and 2): These are SCI data input pins. Serial clock I/O (channels 1 and 2): These are SCI clock I/O pins. Serial communication interface (SCI) pins SO1 SO2 SI1 SI2 SCK1 SCK2 CS 60 63 59 62 58 61 62 5 8 4 7 3 6 7 Output Chip select output: When SCI2 is in transmit mode and the serial clock is an internal clock, this pin goes low. This function is valid when bit SI2 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) is 1 and the CS bit in PMR3 is 1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 13 www..com Table 1-3 Pin Functions (cont) Pin No. Type I/O ports Symbol FP-64A DP-64S I/O P07 to P00 P17 P16 9 to 2 39 22 18 to 11 Input 48 31 Input Input Name and Functions Port 0: This is an 8-bit input port. Port 1 (bit 7): This is a 1-bit highvoltage input pin. Port 1 (bit 6): This is a 1-bit input pin. Port 1: This is a 4-bit group of I/O pins. Input or output can be designated for each bit by means of port control register 1 (PCR1). Port 4: This is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Port 5: This is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Port 6: This is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Port 7: This is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Port 9: This is an 8-bit I/O port. Input or output can be designated for each bit by means of PCR9. Analog input channels 7 to 0: These are analog data input channels to the A/D converter. P15, P14, 21 to 18 30 to 27 I/O P11, P10 P47 to P40 23 to 30 32 to 39 I/O 38 to 31 47 to 40 I/O 47 to 40 56 to 49 I/O 55 to 48 64 to 57 I/O 64 to 57 9 to 2 I/O t4U.com P57 to P50 P67 to P60 P77 to P70 P97 to P90 DataShee .com A/D converter AN7 to AN0 FD15 to FD0 FS23 to FS8 FS7 to FS0 9 to 2 18 to 11 Input VFD controller/ driver 55 to 40 64 to 49 Output VFD digit output: These are digit output pins from the VFD controller/driver. 23 to 38 32 to 47 I/O 40 to 47 49 to 56 VFD segment output: These are segment output pins from the VFD controller/driver. When a key scan interval is set during display operations, these pins can be used by the CPU during this interval as general-purpose I/O ports. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 14 www..com Section 2 CPU 2.1 Overview The H8/300L CPU has sixteen 8-bit general registers, which can also be paired as eight 16-bit registers. Its concise, optimized instruction set is designed for high-speed operation. 2.1.1 Features The main features of the H8/300L CPU are listed below. * * General-register architecture -- Sixteen 8-bit general registers, also usable as eight 16-bit general registers Instruction set with 55 basic instructions, including: -- Multiply and divide instructions -- Powerful bit-manipulation instructions Eight addressing modes -- Register direct -- Register indirect -- Register indirect with displacement -- Register indirect with post-increment or pre-decrement .com -- Absolute address -- Immediate -- Program-counter relative -- Memory indirect 64-kbyte address space High-speed operation -- All frequently used instructions are executed in two to four states -- High-speed arithmetic and logic operations -- 8- or 16-bit register-register add or subtract: 0.5 s* -- 8 x 8-bit multiply: 3.5 s* -- 16 / 8-bit divide: 3.5 s* Low-power operation modes -- SLEEP instruction for transfer to low-power operation Note: * These values are at = 4 MHz. Rn @Rn @(d:16, Rn) @Rn+ or @-Rn @aa:8 or @aa:16 #xx:8 or #xx:16 @(d:8, PC) @@aa:8 t4U.com* DataShee * * * .com DataSheet 4 U .com 15 www..com 2.1.2 Address Space The H8/300L CPU supports an address space of up to 64 kbytes for storing program code and data. The memory map varies with the ROM size. Figure 2-1 gives memory map. H'0000 H'002B H8/3712 Interrupt vectors (44 bytes) 16 kbytes (16,384) H8/3713 H8/3714 On-chip ROM H'3FFF 24 kbytes (24,576) 32 kbytes (32,256) t4U.com H'5FFF DataShee H'7DFF Reserved H'FD80 H'FE00 .com On-chip RAM H'FFC0 H'FEFF H'FF00 Used also for VFD display RAM (64 bytes) On-chip RAM (128 bytes) 32-byte data buffer Internal I/O registers (4 bytes) Reserved Internal I/O registers (80 bytes) 512 bytes 384 bytes 384 bytes H'FF7F H'FF80 H'FF9F H'FFA0 H'FFA3 H'FFA4 H'FFAF H'FFB0 H'FFFF .com Figure 2-1 Memory Map DataSheet 4 U .com 16 www..com 2.1.3 Register Configuration Figure 2-2 shows the register structure of the H8/300L CPU. There are two groups of registers: the general registers and control registers. General registers (Rn) 7 R0H R1H R2H R3H R4H R5H R6H 07 R0L R1L R2L R3L R4L R5L R6L (SP) R7L SP: Stack pointer 0 t4U.com R7H DataShee Control registers 15 0 PC.com 76543210 I UHUNZVC PC: Program counter CCR: Condition code register Carry flag Overflow flag Zero flag Negative flag Half-carry flag Interrupt mask bit User bit User bit CCR Figure 2-2 CPU Registers .com DataSheet 4 U .com 17 H8/300L '9 www..com 2.2 Register Descriptions 2.2.1 General Registers All the general registers can be used as both data registers and address registers. When used as data registers, they can be accessed as 16-bit registers (R0 to R7), or the high bytes (R0H to R7H) and low bytes (R0L to R7L) can be accessed separately as 8-bit registers. When used as address registers, the general registers are accessed as 16-bit registers (R0 to R7). R7 also functions as the stack pointer (SP), used implicitly by hardware in exception processing and subroutine calls. When it functions as the stack pointer, as indicated in figure 2-3, SP (R7) points to the top of the stack. Lower address side [H'0000] t4U.com Unused area SP (R7) DataShee .com Stack area Upper address side [H'FFFF] Figure 2-3 Stack Pointer 2.2.2 Control Registers The CPU control registers include a 16-bit program counter (PC) and an 8-bit condition code register (CCR). 1. Program Counter (PC): This 16-bit register indicates the address of the next instruction the CPU will execute. All instructions are fetched 16 bits (1 word) at a time, so the least significant bit of the PC is ignored (always regarded as 0). 2. Condition Code Register (CCR): This 8-bit register contains internal status information, .com interrupt mask bit (I) and half-carry (H), negative (N), zero (Z), overflow (V), including the and carry (C) flags. DataSheet 4 U .com 18 www..com Bit 7--Interrupt Mask Bit (I): When this bit is set to 1, interrupts are masked. This bit is set to 1 automatically at the start of exception handling. The interrupt mask bit may be read and written by software. For further details, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. Bit 6--User Bit (U): Can be written and read by software (using the LDC, STC, ANDC, ORC, and XORC instructions). Bit 5--Half-Carry Flag (H): When the ADD.B, ADDX.B, SUB.B, SUBX.B, CMP.B, or NEG.B instruction is executed, this flag is set to 1 if there is a carry or borrow at bit 3, and is cleared to 0 otherwise. The H flag is used implicitly by the DAA and DAS instructions. When the ADD.W, SUB.W, or CMP.W instruction is executed, the H flag is set to 1 if there is a carry or borrow at bit 11, and is cleared to 0 otherwise. Bit 4--User Bit (U): Can be written and read by software (using the LDC, STC, ANDC, ORC, and XORC instructions). t4U.com DataShee Bit 3--Negative Flag (N): Indicates the most significant bit (sign bit) of the result of an instruction. Bit 2--Zero Flag (Z): Set to 1 to indicate zero data, and cleared to 0 to indicate non-zero data. .com Bit 1--Overflow Flag (V): Set to 1 when an arithmetic overflow occurs, and cleared to 0 at other times. Bit 0--Carry Flag (C): Set to 1 when a carry occurs, and cleared to 0 otherwise. Used by: * * * Add instructions, to indicate a carry Subtract instructions, to indicate a borrow Shift and rotate instructions, to store the value shifted out of the end bit The carry flag is also used as a bit accumulator by bit manipulation instructions. Some instructions leave some or all of the flag bits unchanged. The LDC, STC, ANDC, ORC, and XORC instructions enable the CPU to load and store the CCR, and to set or clear selected bits by logic operations. The N, Z, V, and C flags are used as branching conditions for conditional branching (Bcc) instructions. Refer to the H8/300L Series Programming Manual for the action of each instruction on the flag bits. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 19 www..com 2.2.3 Initial Register Values When the CPU is reset, the program counter (PC) is initialized to the value stored at address H'0000 in the vector table, and the I bit in the CCR is set to 1. The other CCR bits and the general registers are not initialized. In particular, the stack pointer (R7) is not initialized. To prevent program crashes the stack pointer should be initialized by software, by the first instruction executed after a reset. 2.3 Data Formats The H8/300L CPU can process 1-bit data, 4-bit (BCD) data, 8-bit (byte) data, and 16-bit (word) data. * Bit manipulation instructions operate on 1-bit data specified as bit n in a byte operand (n = 0, 1, 2, ..., 7). All arithmetic and logic instructions except ADDS and SUBS can operate on byte data. om t4U.c * The MOV.W, ADD.W, SUB.W, CMP.W, ADDS, SUBS, MULXU (8 bits x 8 bits), and DIVXU (16 bits / 8 bits) instructions operate on word data. * The DAA and DAS instructions perform decimal arithmetic adjustments on byte data in packed BCD form. Each nibble of the byte is treated as a decimal digit. .com * DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com 20 www..com 2.3.1 Data Formats in General Registers Data of all the sizes above can be stored in general registers as shown in figure 2-4. Data Type Register No. 7 Data Format 0 1-bit data RnH 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Don't care 7 0 1-bit data RnL Don't care 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 7 0 LSB Byte data RnH MSB Don't care t4U.com 7 Byte data RnL Don't care MSB ta DaLSBShee 0 LSB 0 15 Word data Rn MSB .com 7 4 Upper digit 3 Lower digit 0 4-bit BCD data RnH Don't care 7 4 Upper digit 3 Lower digit 0 4-bit BCD data RnL Don't care Notation: RnH: Upper digit of general register RnL: Lower digit of general register MSB: Most significant bit LSB: Least significant bit Figure 2-4 Register Data Formats .com H8/300L '91 Fig. 2-5 DataSheet 4 U .com 21 www..com 2.3.2 Memory Data Formats Figure 2-5 indicates the data formats in memory. For access by the H8/300L CPU, word data stored in memory must always begin at an even address. In word access the least significant bit of the address is regarded as 0. If an odd address is specified, the access is performed at the preceding even address. This rule affects the MOV.W instruction, and also applies to instruction fetching. Word access is possible to the ROM and RAM areas. For details, see 2.8.1, Notes on Data Access. Data Type Address Data Format 7 0 1-bit data Address n Address n Even address Odd address 7 MSB 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 LSB t4U.com Byte data DataShee Word data MSB Upper 8 bits Lower 8 bits LSB .com Byte data (CCR) on stack Even address Odd address Even address Odd address MSB MSB CCR CCR* LSB LSB Word data on stack MSB LSB Note: * Ignored on return Notation: CCR: Condition code register Figure 2-5 Memory Data Formats When the stack is accessed using R7 as an address register, word access should always be performed. For further details, see 3.2.10, Notes on Stack Area Use. When the CCR is pushed on the stack, two identical copies of the CCR are pushed to make a complete word. When they are .com restored, the lower byte is ignored. DataSheet 4 U .com 22 www..com 2.4 Addressing Modes 2.4.1 Addressing Modes The H8/300L CPU supports the eight addressing modes listed in table 2-1. Each instruction uses a subset of these addressing modes. Table 2-1 Addressing Modes No. 1 2 3 4 5 Address Modes Register direct Register indirect Register indirect with displacement Register indirect with post-increment Register indirect with pre-decrement Absolute address Immediate Program-counter relative Memory indirect Symbol Rn @Rn @(d:16, Rn) @Rn+ @-Rn @aa:8 or @aa:16 #xx:8 or #xx:16 @(d:8, PC) @@aa:8 t4U.com6 7 8 DataShee 1. Register Direct--Rn: The register field of the instruction specifies an 8- or 16-bit general .com register containing the operand. Only the MOV.W, ADD.W, SUB.W, CMP.W, ADDS, SUBS, MULXU (8 bits x 8 bits), and DIVXU (16 bits / 8 bits) instructions have 16-bit operands. 2. Register Indirect--@Rn: The register field of the instruction specifies a 16-bit general register containing the address of the operand. Register Indirect with Displacement--@(d:16, Rn): The instruction has a second word (bytes 3 and 4) containing a displacement which is added to the contents of the specified general register to obtain the operand address. This mode is used only in MOV instructions. For the MOV.W instruction, the resulting address must be even. 3. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 23 www..com 4. Register Indirect with Post-Increment or Pre-Decrement--@Rn+ or @-Rn: * Register indirect with post-increment--@Rn+ The @Rn+ mode is used with MOV instructions that load registers from memory. The register field of the instruction specifies a 16-bit general register containing the address of the operand. After the operand is accessed, the register is incremented by 1 for MOV.B or 2 for MOV.W. For MOV.W, the original contents of the 16-bit general register must be even. * Register indirect with pre-decrement--@-Rn The @-Rn mode is used with MOV instructions that store register contents to memory. The register field of the instruction specifies a 16-bit general register which is decremented by 1 or 2 to obtain the address of the operand in memory. The register retains the decremented value. The size of the decrement is 1 for MOV.B or 2 for MOV.W. For t4U.com MOV.W, the original contents of the register must be even. DataShee 5. Absolute Address--@aa:8 or @aa:16: The instruction specifies the absolute address of the operand in memory. .com The absolute address may be 8 bits long (@aa:8) or 16 bits long (@aa:16). The MOV.B and bit manipulation instructions can use 8-bit absolute addresses. The MOV.B, MOV.W, JMP, and JSR instructions can use 16-bit absolute addresses. For an 8-bit absolute address, the upper 8 bits are assumed to be 1 (H'FF). The address range is H'FF00 to H'FFFF (65280 to 65535). 6. Immediate--#xx:8 or #xx:16: The instruction contains an 8-bit operand (#xx:8) in its second byte, or a 16-bit operand (#xx:16) in its third and fourth bytes. Only MOV.W instructions can contain 16-bit immediate values. The ADDS and SUBS instructions implicitly contain the value 1 or 2 as immediate data. Some bit manipulation instructions contain 3-bit immediate data in the second or fourth byte of the instruction, specifying a bit number. Program-Counter Relative--@(d:8, PC): This mode is used in the Bcc and BSR instructions. An 8-bit displacement in byte 2 of the instruction code is sign-extended to 16 bits and added to the program counter contents to generate a branch destination address. The possible branching range is -126 to +128 bytes (-63 to +64 words) from the current .com address. The displacement should be an even number. 7. DataSheet 4 U .com 24 www..com 8. Memory Indirect--@@aa:8: This mode can be used by the JMP and JSR instructions. The second byte of the instruction code specifies an 8-bit absolute address. The word located at this address contains the branch destination address. The upper 8 bits of the absolute address are assumed to be 0 (H'00), so the address range is from H'0000 to H'00FF (0 to 255). Note that with the H8/3714 Series, addresses H'0000 to H'002B (0 to 43) are located in the vector table. If an odd address is specified as a branch destination or as the operand address of a MOV.W instruction, the least significant bit is regarded as 0, causing word access to be performed at the address preceding the specified address. See 2.3.2, Memory Data Formats, for further information. 2.4.2 Effective Address Calculation Table 2-2 shows how effective addresses are calculated in each of the addressing modes. Arithmetic and logic instructions use register direct addressing (1). The ADD.B, ADDX, SUBX, t4U.com DataShee CMP.B, AND, OR, and XOR instructions can also use immediate addressing (6). Data transfer instructions can use all addressing modes except program-counter relative (7) and memory indirect (8). .com Bit manipulation instructions use register direct (1), register indirect (2), or absolute addressing (5) to specify a byte operand, and 3-bit immediate addressing (6) to specify a bit position in that byte. The BSET, BCLR, BNOT, and BTST instructions can also use register direct addressing (1) to specify the bit position. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 25 .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com t4U.com Table 2-2 Effective Address Calculation No. 1 Addressing Mode and Instruction Format Register direct, Rn 15 87 43 0 Effective Address Calculation Method Effective Address (EA) 3 0 3 0 rm op rm rn 15 0 rn Operand is contents indicated by rm/rn. Contents (16 bits) of register indicated by rm 15 0 2 Register indirect, @Rn 15 76 43 0 op 3 rm 15 .com Register indirect with displacement, @(d:16, Rn) 15 76 43 0 0 15 0 Contents (16 bits) of register indicated by rm op disp 4 rm disp Register indirect with post-increment, @Rn+ 15 76 43 0 15 0 15 0 Contents (16 bits) of register indicated by rm op rm 1 or 2 15 0 Register indirect with pre-decrement, @-Rn 15 76 43 0 Contents (16 bits) of register indicated by rm 15 0 op rm Incremented or decremented by 1 if operand is byte size, 1 or 2 and by 2 if word size. DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com t4U.com Table 2-2 Effective Address Calculation (cont) No. 5 Addressing Mode and Instruction Format Absolute address @aa:8 15 87 0 Effective Address Calculation Method Effective Address (EA) 15 87 0 H'FF abs 15 0 0 op @aa:16 15 op .com abs 6 Immediate #xx:8 15 87 0 op #xx:16 15 IMM 0 Operand is 1- or 2-byte immediate data. op IMM 7 Program-counter relative @(d:8, PC) 15 0 PC contents 15 0 15 87 0 Sign extension disp DataShee op disp .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com t4U.com Table 2-2 Effective Address Calculation (cont) No. 8 Addressing Mode and Instruction Format Memory indirect, @@aa:8 15 87 0 Effective Address Calculation Method Effective Address (EA) op abs 15 87 0 .com H'00 abs 15 0 Memory contents (16 bits) Notation: rm, rn: Register field Operation field op: disp: Displacement IMM: Immediate data abs: Absolute address DataShee www..com 2.5 Instruction Set The H8/300L CPU can use a total of 55 instructions, which are grouped by function in table 2-3. Table 2-3 Instruction Set Function Data transfer Arithmetic operations Logic operations Shift Bit manipulation Branch Instructions MOV, PUSH*1, POP*1 ADD, SUB, ADDX, SUBX, INC, DEC, ADDS, SUBS, DAA, DAS, MULXU, DIVXU, CMP, NEG AND, OR, XOR, NOT SHAL, SHAR, SHLL, SHLR, ROTL, ROTR, ROTXL, ROTXR BSET, BCLR, BNOT, BTST, BAND, BIAND, BOR, BIOR, BXOR, BIXOR, BLD, BILD, BST, BIST Bcc*2, JMP, BSR, JSR, RTS RTE, SLEEP, LDC, STC, ANDC, ORC, XORC, NOP EEPMOV Types 1 14 4 8 14 5 t4U.comSystem control Block data transfer 8 DataShee 1 Total: 55 Notes: 1. PUSH Rn is equivalent to MOV.W Rn, @-SP. POP Rn is equivalent to.com MOV.W @SP+, Rn. 2. Bcc is the generic designation of a conditional branch instruction. The following sections give a concise summary of the instructions in each category, and indicate the bit patterns of their object code. The notation used is defined next. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 29 www..com Notation Rd Rs Rn (EAd) DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 30 www..com 2.5.1 Data Transfer Instructions Table 2-4 describes the data transfer instructions. Figure 2-6 shows their object code formats. Table 2-4 Data Transfer Instructions Instruction MOV Size* B/W Function (EAs) Rd, Rs (EAd) Moves data between two general registers or between a general register and memory, or moves immediate data to a general register. The Rn, @Rn, @(d:16, Rn), @aa:16, #xx:8 or #xx:16, @-Rn, and @Rn+ addressing modes are available for byte or word data. The @aa:8 addressing mode is available for byte data only. The @-R7 and @R7+ modes require word operands. Do not specify byte size for these two modes. PUSH W Rn @-SP t4U.com POP W Pushes a 16-bit general register onto the stack. Equivalent to MOV.W DataShee Rn, @-SP. @SP+ Rn Pops a 16-bit general register from the stack. Equivalent to MOV.W @SP+, Rn. Notes: * Size: Operand size B: Byte W: Word .com Certain precautions are required in data access. See 2.8.1, Notes on Data Access, for details. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 31 www..com 15 8 7 0 MOV RmRn op 15 8 7 rm rn 0 op 15 8 7 rm rn 0 @RmRn op disp 15 8 7 rm rn @(d:16, Rm)Rn 0 op 15 8 7 rm rn 0 @Rm+Rn, or Rn @-Rm t4U.com 15 op rn 8 7 abs 0 @aa:8Rn DataShee op abs rn @aa:16Rn .com 15 8 7 0 op 15 rn 8 7 IMM 0 #xx:8Rn op IMM 15 8 7 rn #xx:16Rn 0 op Notation: op: Operation field rm, rn: Register field disp: Displacement abs: Absolute address IMM: Immediate data 1 1 1 rn PUSH, POP @SP+ Rn, or Rn @-SP .com Figure 2-6 Data Transfer Instruction Codes DataSheet 4 U .com 32 www..com 2.5.2 Arithmetic Operations Table 2-5 describes the arithmetic instructions. See figure 3-6 in section 3.5.4, Shift Operations for their object codes. Table 2-5 Arithmetic Instructions Instruction ADD SUB Size* B/W Function Rd Rs Rd, Rd + #IMM Rd Performs addition or subtraction on data in two general registers, or addition on immediate data and data in a general register. Immediate data cannot be subtracted from data in a general register. Word data can be added or subtracted only when both words are in general registers. Rd Rs C Rd, Rd #IMM C Rd Performs addition or subtraction with carry or borrow on byte data in two general registers, or addition or subtraction on immediate data and data in a general register. Rd 1 Rd Increments or decrements a general register. ADDX SUBX B t4U.comINC DEC ADDS SUBS DAA DAS B W DataShee Rd 1 Rd, Rd 2 Rd Adds or subtracts immediate data to or from data in a general register. The immediate data must be 1 or 2. Rd decimal adjust Rd B .com Decimal-adjusts (adjusts to packed BCD) an addition or subtraction result in a general register by referring to the CCR. B Rd x Rs Rd Performs 8-bit x 8-bit unsigned multiplication on data in two general registers, providing a 16-bit result. Rd / Rs Rd Performs 16-bit / 8-bit unsigned division on data in two general registers, providing an 8-bit quotient and 8-bit remainder. Rd - Rs, Rd - #IMM Compares data in a general register with data in another general register or with immediate data, and sets the CCR according to the result. Word data can be compared only between two general registers. 0 - Rd Rd Obtains the two's complement (arithmetic complement) of data in a general register. MULXU DIVXU B CMP B/W NEG B .comB: Notes: * Size: Operand size Byte W: Word DataSheet 4 U .com 33 www..com 2.5.3 Logic Operations Table 2-6 describes the four instructions that perform logic operations. Table 2-6 Logic Operation Instructions Instruction AND Size* B Function Rd Rs Rd, Rd #IMM Rd Performs a logical AND operation on a general register and another general register or immediate data. OR B Rd Rs Rd, Rd #IMM Rd Performs a logical OR operation on a general register and another general register or immediate data. XOR B Rd Rs Rd, Rd #IMM Rd Performs a logical exclusive OR operation on a general register and another general register or immediate data. NOT t4U.com B ~ Rd Rd DataShee Obtains the one's complement (logical complement) of general register contents. Notes: * Size: Operand size B: Byte .com 2.5.4 Shift Operations Table 2-7 describes the eight shift instructions. Table 2-7 Shift Instructions Instruction SHAL SHAR SHLL SHLR ROTL ROTR ROTXL ROTXR Size* B Function Rd shift Rd Performs an arithmetic shift operation on general register contents. B Rd shift Rd Performs a logical shift operation on general register contents. B Rd rotate Rd Rotates general register contents. B Rd rotate through carry Rd Rotates general register contents through the C (carry) bit. .com Notes: * Size: Operand size B: Byte DataSheet 4 U .com 34 www..com Figure 2-7 shows the instruction code format of arithmetic, logic, and shift instructions. 15 8 7 0 op 15 8 7 rm rn 0 ADD, SUB, CMP, ADDX, SUBX (Rm) ADDS, SUBS, INC, DEC, DAA, DAS, NEG, NOT 0 op 15 8 7 rn op 15 8 7 rm rn 0 MULXU, DIVXU op 15 rn 8 7 IMM 0 ADD, ADDX, SUBX, CMP (#XX:8) op rm 8 7 rn 0 AND, OR, XOR (Rm) t4U.com 15 DataShee AND, OR, XOR (#xx:8) op 15 rn 8 7 IMM 0 op Notation: op: Operation field rm, rn: Register field IMM: Immediate data .com rn SHAL, SHAR, SHLL, SHLR, ROTL, ROTR, ROTXL, ROTXR Figure 2-7 Arithmetic, Logic, and Shift Instruction Codes H8/300L '91 Fig. 2-8 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 35 www..com 2.5.5 Bit Manipulations Table 2-8 describes the bit-manipulation instructions. Figure 2-8 shows their object code formats. Table 2-8 Bit-Manipulation Instructions Instruction BSET Size* B Function 1 ( t4U.com BTST B Inverts a specified bit in a general register or memory. The bit number ee D is specified by 3-bit immediate data or the lower three bits of a general ataSh register. ~ ( BAND B C ( BIAND B C [~ ( BOR B BIOR B C [~ ( Notes: * Size: Operand size .com B: Byte DataSheet 4 U .com 36 www..com Table 2-8 Bit-Manipulation Instructions (cont) Instruction BXOR Size* B Function C ( t4U.com BST B The bit number is specified by 3-bit immediate data. C ( DataShee Copies the carry flag to a specified bit in a general register or memory. BIST B ~ C ( Certain precautions are required in bit manipulation. See 2.8.2, Notes on Bit Manipulation, for details. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 37 www..com BSET, BCLR, BNOT, BTST 15 8 7 0 op 15 8 7 IMM rn 0 Operand: register direct (Rn) Bit No.: immediate (#xx:3) Operand: register direct (Rn) Bit No.: register direct (Rm) 0 op 15 8 7 rm rn op op 15 8 7 rn IMM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Operand: register indirect (@Rn) 0 Bit No.: 0 immediate (#xx:3) op op 15 8 7 rn rm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Operand: register indirect (@Rn) 0 Bit No.: 0 register direct (Rm) t4U.com op op IMM 8 7 abs 0 0 0 Operand: absolute (@aa:8) 0 Bit No.: 0 DataShee immediate (#xx:3) 15 op op rm abs Operand: absolute (@aa:8) 0 0 0 Bit No.: register direct (Rm) .com 0 BAND, BOR, BXOR, BLD, BST 15 8 7 0 op 15 8 7 IMM rn 0 Operand: register direct (Rn) Bit No.: immediate (#xx:3) op op 15 8 7 rn IMM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Operand: register indirect (@Rn) 0 Bit No.: 0 immediate (#xx:3) op op IMM abs 0 0 0 Operand: absolute (@aa:8) 0 Bit No.: immediate (#xx:3) Notation: op: Operation field rm, rn: Register field abs: Absolute address IMM: Immediate data .com Figure 2-8 Bit Manipulation Instruction Codes DataSheet 4 U .com 38 www..com BIAND, BIOR, BIXOR, BILD, BIST 15 8 7 0 op 15 8 7 IMM rn 0 Operand: register direct (Rn) Bit No.: immediate (#xx:3) op op 15 8 7 rn IMM 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Operand: register indirect (@Rn) 0 Bit No.: 0 immediate (#xx:3) op op IMM abs 0 0 0 Operand: absolute (@aa:8) 0 Bit No.: immediate (#xx:3) t4U.com Notation: op: Operation field rm, rn: Register field abs: Absolute address IMM: Immediate data DataShee Figure 2-8 Bit Manipulation Instruction Codes (cont) .com H8/300L '91 Fig. 2-9 (cont) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 39 www..com 2.5.6 Branching Instructions Table 2-9 describes the branching instructions. Table 2-9 Branching Instructions Instruction Bcc Size -- Function Branches to the designated address if condition cc is true. The branching conditions are given below. Mnemonic BRA (BT) BRN (BF) BHI BLS BCC (BHS) Description Always (true) Never (false) High Low or same Carry clear (high or same) Carry set (low) Not equal Equal Overflow clear Overflow set .com Plus Minus Greater or equal Less than Greater than Less or equal Condition Always Never CZ=0 CZ=1 C=0 C=1 Z=0 Z=1 V=0 V=1 N=0 N=1 NV=0 NV=1 Z (N V) = 0 Z (N V) = 1 t4U.com BCS (BLO) BNE BEQ BVC BVS BPL BMI BGE BLT BGT BLE DataShee JMP JSR BSR RTS -- -- -- -- Branches unconditionally to a specified address. Branches to a subroutine at a specified address. Branches to a subroutine at a specified displacement from the current address. Returns from a subroutine. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 40 www..com 15 8 7 0 op 15 cc 8 7 disp 0 Bcc op 15 8 7 rm 0 0 0 0 0 JMP (@Rm) op abs 15 8 7 0 JMP (@aa:16) op 15 8 7 abs 0 JMP (@@aa:8) t4U.com 15 op 8 7 disp 0 BSR DataShee op 15 rm 8 7 .com 0 0 0 0 0 JSR (@Rm) op abs 15 8 7 0 JSR (@aa:16) op 15 8 7 abs 0 JSR (@@aa:8) op Notation: op: Operation field cc: Condition field rm: Register field disp: Displacement abs: Absolute address RTS Figure 2-9 Branching Instruction Codes .com DataSheet 4 U .com 41 www..com 2.5.7 System Control Instructions Table 2-10 describes the system control instructions. Figure 2-10 shows their object code formats. Table 2-10 System Control Instructions Instruction RTE SLEEP Size* -- -- Function Returns from an exception-handling routine. Causes a transition from active mode to a power-down mode (sleep mode, standby mode, or watch mode), or from subactive mode to watch mode, or from subactive mode via watch mode to active mode. For details, see 3.3, System Modes. Rs CCR, #IMM CCR Moves immediate data or general register contents to the condition code register. STC B CCR Rd Copies the condition code register to a specified general register. B CCR #IMM CCR Logically ANDs the condition code register with immediate data. ORC B CCR #IMM CCR Logically ORs the condition code register with immediate data. .com XORC B CCR #IMM CCR Logically exclusive-ORs the condition code register with immediate data. NOP -- PC + 2 PC Only increments the program counter. Notes: * Size: Operand size B: Byte LDC B t4U.com ANDC DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com 42 www..com 15 8 7 0 op 15 8 7 0 RTE, SLEEP, NOP op 15 8 7 rn 0 LDC, STC (Rn) op IMM ANDC, ORC, XORC, LDC (#xx:8) Notation: op: Operation field rn: Register field IMM: Immediate data t4U.com Figure 2-10 System Control Instruction Codes DataShee 2.5.8 Block Data Transfer Instruction Table 2-11 describes the block data transfer instruction. Figure 2-11 shows its object code format. Table 2-11 Block Data Transfer .com Instruction Instruction EEPMOV Size -- Function If R4L 0 then repeat until else next; Moves a data block according to parameters set in general registers R4L, R5, and R6. R4L: Size of block (bytes) R5: R6: Starting source address Starting destination address @R5+ @R6+ R4L - 1 R4L R4L = 0 H8/300L Fig. 2-11 Execution of the next instruction starts as soon as the block transfer is completed. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 43 www..com 15 8 7 0 op op Notation: op: Operation field Figure 2-11 Block Data Transfer Instruction Code Notes on EEPMOV Instruction 1. The EEPMOV instruction is a block data transfer instruction. It moves the number of bytes specified by R4L from the address specified by R5 to the address specified by R6. R5 R6 t4U.com R5 + R4L R6 + R4L DataSh H8/30 Fig.ee 2 2. When setting R4L and R6, make sure that the final destination address (R6 + R4L) does not exceed H'FFFF. The value in R6 must not change from H'FFFF to H'0000 during execution of .com the instruction. R5 R6 H'FFFF Not allowed R5 + R4L R6 + R4L H8/300L '91 2.5.8 (1) .com H8/300L '91 2.5.8 (2) DataSheet 4 U .com 44 www..com 2.6 CPU States 2.6.1 Overview There are three CPU states: program execution state, program halt state, and exception-handling state. Program execution state includes active mode and subactive mode. In program halt state there are sleep mode, standby mode, and watch mode. These states are shown in figure 2-12. Figure 2-13 shows the state transitions. State Program execution state Active mode The CPU executes successive program instructions, synchronized by the system clock. Subactive mode t4U.com The CPU executes successive program instructions at reduced speed, synchronized by the subclock. Program halt state DataShee Low-power operation modes .com Sleep mode A state in which CPU operations are stopped to conserve power. Standby mode Watch mode Exceptionhandling state A transient state in which the CPU changes the processing flow due to a reset or an interrupt. Figure 2-12 CPU Operation States .com DataSheet 4 U .com 45 www..com Reset cleared Reset state Reset occurs Exception-handling state Reset occurs Reset occurs Interrupt Exception- Exceptionhandling handling request ends Program halt state SLEEP instruction executed Program execution state t4U.com Note: On the transitions between modes, see 3.3, System Modes. DataShee Figure 2-13 State Transitions 2.6.2 Program Execution State In the program execution state the .com instructions in sequence. CPU executes program There are two modes in this state, active mode and subactive mode. Operation is synchronized with the system clock in active mode, and with a subclock in subactive mode. For details on these modes, see 3.3, System Modes. 2.6.3 Program Halt State In the program halt state there are three modes: sleep mode, standby mode, and watch mode. For details on these modes, see 3.3, System Modes. H8/3 2.6.4 Exception-Handling State Fig. The exception-handling state is a transient state occurring when exception handling is started by a reset or interrupt, and the CPU changes its normal processing flow. In exception handling caused by an interrupt, SP (R7) is referenced and the PC and CCR values are saved on the stack. For details on interrupt handling, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 46 www..com 2.7 Basic Operation Timing CPU operation is synchronized by a clock (i). i is either the system clock () generated by the system clock oscillator circuit, or the subclock (SUB) generated by the subclock oscillator circuit. i denotes in active mode and SUB in subactive mode. For details, see section 6, Clock Pulse Generators. The period from the rising edge of i to the next rising edge is called one state. A memory cycle or bus cycle consists of two states; access to on-chip memory and to on-chip peripheral modules always takes place in two states. 2.7.1 Access to On-Chip Memory (RAM, ROM) Two-state access is employed for on-chip memory. The data bus width is 16 bits, allowing access in byte or word size. Figure 2-14 shows the on-chip memory access cycle. Bus cycle t4U.com i T1 state T2 state DataShee Internal address bus Address .com Internal read signal Internal data bus (read access) Read data Internal write signal Internal data bus (write access) Write data Figure 2-14 On-Chip Memory Access Cycle .com DataSheet 4 U .com 47 H8/300L '91 www..com 2.7.2 Access to On-Chip Peripheral Modules On-chip peripheral modules are accessed in two states. The data bus width is 8 bits, so access is made in byte size only. This means that two instructions must be used for a word size data access. Figure 2-15 shows the on-chip peripheral module access cycle. Bus cycle T1 state i T2 state Internal address bus Address t4U.com Internal read signal Internal data bus (read access) DataShee Read data Internal write signal Internal data bus (write access) .com Write data Figure 2-15 On-Chip Peripheral Module Access Cycle H8/300L '91 Fig. 2-15&2-1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 48 www..com 2.8 Application Notes The following points are to be observed in using the H8/300L CPU. 2.8.1 Notes on Data Access 1. The address space of the H8/300L CPU includes some empty areas in addition to the RAM, registers, and ROM areas available to the user. If these empty areas are mistakenly accessed by an application program, the following results will occur. Transfer from CPU to empty area: The transferred data will be lost. This action may also cause the CPU to misoperate. Transfer from empty area to CPU: Unpredictiable data is transferred. 2. Internal data transfer to or from on-chip modules other than ROM and RAM areas makes use of t4U.coman 8-bit data width. If word access is attempted to these areas, the following results will ataShee D occur. Word access from CPU to I/O register area: Upper byte: Will be written to I/O register. .com Lower byte: Transferred data will be lost. Word access from I/O register to CPU: Upper byte: Will be written to upper part of CPU register. Lower byte: Data written to lower part of CPU register cannot be guaranteed. Byte size instructions should therefore be used when transferring data to or from I/O registers outside the on-chip ROM and RAM areas. Figure 2-16 shows the data size in which access can be made with on-chip peripheral modules. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 49 www..com Access Word Byte H'0000 H'002B Interrupt vector area (44 bytes) On-chip ROM 32,256 bytes*1 H'7DFF*1 t4U.com H'FD80*2 On-chip RAM (320 bytes) Used also for VFD 512 .com *2 display RAM (64 bytes) bytes On-chip RAM (128 bytes) 32-byte data buffer Internal I/O registers (4 bytes) Reserved Internal I/O registers (80 bytes) H'FFFF : Access possible DataShee H'FEC0 H'FF00 H'FF7F H'FF80 H'FF9F H'FFA0 H'FFA3 H'FFA4 H'FFAF H'FFB0 x x x x x : Not possible Notes: The above example is a description of the H8/3714. 1. The H8/3713 has 24,576 bytes of on-chip ROM, and its ending address is H'5FFF. The H8/3712 has 16,384 bytes of on-chip ROM, and its ending address is H'3FFF. 2. The H8/3713 and H8/3712 each have 384 bytes of on-chip RAM, and their ending address is H'FE00. .com Figure 2-16 Data Size for Access to and from On-Chip Peripheral Modules DataSheet 4 U .com 50 www..com 2.8.2 Notes on Bit Manipulation The H8/300L CPU executes bit manipulation instructions by a read-modify-write operation on 8-bit data. When bit manipulation instructions are executed in the cases illustrated below, care must be taken since the operation may affect other bits besides those being manipulated. 1. Bit manipulation in two registers assigned to the same address (when the source and destination are different) Example 1: Timer load register and timer counter In this example, a bit manipulation instruction is executed in the timer load register and timer counter of a reloadable timer. Since the timer load register and timer counter share the same address, the operations take place as follows. a. Read: The timer counter value at the time is read. b. Modify: The CPU modifies (sets or resets) the bit designated with the instruction. (Other bits t4U.com remain the same.) DataShee c. Write: The modified data is written to the timer load register. The timer counter is counting based on the system clock (), so the value read is not necessarily .com the same as the value in the timer load register. As a result, bits other than the intended bit in the timer load register may be modified to the timer counter value. Figure 2-17 shows the reloadable timer configuration. Internal bus R Timer counter Reload Timer load register W R: Read W: Write Figure 2-17 Reloadable Timer Configuration Example 2: Port data register (pin input and data register) .com When a bit manipulation instruction is executed designating a port data register, it may cause changes in pin I/O states or data register contents other than the intended bit. DataSheet 4 U .com 51 www..com As noted above, the H8/300L CPU executes bit manipulation instructions by a read-modify-write operation on 8-bit data. Since the same address is used for the I/O port data register and reading of pin input, a bit manipulation instruction designating a port functions as follows. x High-voltage pin: pin other than the modified bit * When set as an input pin (data register = 0) First the CPU reads the pin input level (read), then it sets or resets the designated bit (modify; other bits remain the same), and writes that value to the data register (write). If the input level is high (read data = 1), a value of 1 is written to the data register, changing the input pin to an output pin (high-level output). If the input level is low, no change occurs. * When set as an output pin (data register = 1, high-level output) If the output level is higher than the input high level (VIH), there is no change. t4U.com If the output level is lower than the input low level (VIL), a value of 0 is written to the Shee Data data register, so that the PMOS buffer transistor is turned off resulting in pull-down (low level) or high-impedance state. If the output level is pulled down by the load to an intermediate level, the resulting state is .com indeterminate. y Standard-voltage pin: pin other than the modified bit * When set as an input pin The CPU reads the pin input level and writes that value to the data register, which may or may not result in a change to the data register contents. * When set as an output pin The data register is read, so no change occurs. 2. Bit manipulation in registers containing write-only bits Example: PWM data registers, etc. (Note that read and write characteristics can differ from bit to bit.) Write-only bits cannot be read. Write-only bits other than the intended bit are set to 1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 52 www..com Table 2-12 lists the registers that share the same address, while table 2-13 lists the registers that contain write-only bits. Table 2-12 Registers Assigned to the Same Address Register Name Timer load register B/timer counter B Timer load register C/timer counter C Timer load register E/timer counter E Port data register 1* Port data register 4* Port data register 5* Port data register 6* Port data register 7* Port data register 9* Abbreviation TLB/TCB TLC/TCC TLE/TCE PDR1 PDR4 PDR5 PDR6 PDR7 PDR9 Address H'FFC3 H'FFC5 H'FFC9 H'FFD1 H'FFD4 H'FFD5 H'FFD6 H'FFD7 H'FFD9 t4U.com These port data registers are used also for pin input. Note: * Table 2-13 Registers with Write-Only Bits Register Name Serial mode register 1 PWM control register PWM data register U PWM data register L Port control register 1 Port control register 9 Port mode register 0 Timer mode register D*1 2*2 Abbreviation SMR1 .com PWCR PWDRU PWDRL PCR1 PCR9 PMR0 TMD SYSCR2 DataShee Address H'FFB0 H'FFCC H'FFCD H'FFCE H'FFE1 H'FFE9 H'FFEF H'FFC6 H'FFF1 System control register Notes: 1. Only bit CRL (bit 7) is write-only. 2. Bit DTON (bit 3) is a write-only bit only in subactive mode. In active mode it cannot be read or written. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 53 www..com Section 3 System Control 3.1 Overview This section explains the reset state, exception handling, and system modes. 3.2 Exception Handling Exception handling includes processing of reset exceptions and of interrupts. Table 3-1 summarizes the exception sources and their priorities. Reset exception handling has the highest priority. Table 3-1 Types of Exception Handling and Priorities Priority High Exception Source Reset Interrupt Timing for Start of Exception Handling Reset exception handling starts as soon as RES pin changes from low to high. t4U.com Low When interrupt request is made, interrupt exception handling hee DataS starts after execution of present instruction is completed. 3.2.1 Reset When the RES pin goes low, all processing stops and the chip enters the reset state. The internal .com state of the CPU and the registers of on-chip peripheral modules are initialized. The I bit of the condition code register (CCR) is set, masking all interrupts. As soon as the RES pin goes from low to high, reset exception handling starts. The contents of the reset vector address (H'0000 to H'0001) are read and loaded into the program counter (PC). Then program execution starts from the address indicated in PC. Figure 3-1 shows the reset sequence. Notes: 1. To make sure a reset is carried out properly, when power is turned on the RES pin should be kept low for at least 20 ms after the rise of the power supply. 2. When resetting during operation, keep the RES pin low for at least 10 system clock cycles. 3. After a reset, if an interrupt were to be accepted before the stack pointer (SP: R7) was initialized, PC and CCR would not be pushed onto the stack correctly, resulting in program runaway. To prevent this, immediately after reset exception handling all interrupts are masked. Programs should be coded to initialize the stack pointer before .com clearing the interrupt mask. An even-numbered address must be set in SP. It is recommended that programs start with an instruction initializing SP (e.g., MOV.W #xx:16, SP). DataSheet 4 U .com 55 www..com Reset state Reset exception handling and program execution Prefetch of first instruction of program Vector fetch RES Internal processing Internal address bus Internal read signal (1) (2) om t4U.cInternal write signal Internal data bus (16 bits) (2) (1) Reset exception handling vector address (H'0000) .com (2) Program starting address (3) First instruction of program (3) DataShee Figure 3-1 Reset Sequence 3.2.2 Interrupts The interrupt sources include external interrupts (IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, IRQ0), and internal interrupts requested from on-chip peripheral modules. Table 3-2 shows the interrupt sources, their priorities, and their vector addresses. When more than one interrupt is requested, the interrupt with the highest priority is processed. The interrupts have the following features. * H8/300L '91 Fig. 3-1 Both internal interrupts and external interrupts (IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, IRQ0), can be masked by the I bit of CCR. When this bit is set to 1, interrupt request flags are set but interrupts are not accepted. * External interrupt pins IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0 can be set independently for rising-edge or .com falling-edge sensing. For external interrupt pin IRQ5, the falling edge is sensed. DataSheet 4 U .com 56 www..com Table 3-2 Interrupt Sources Priority High Interrupt Reset (Reserved)*1 Origin of Interrupt External pin -- Vector Starting Address H'0000 H'0002 H'0004 H'0006 IRQ0 IRQ1 (Reserved)*1 (Reserved)*1 IRQ4 IRQ5 External pin H'0008 H'000A H'000C H'000E H'0010 H'0012 VFD Timer A Timer B Timer C Timer D .com Timer E Standby timer -- activator*2 H'0014 H'0016 H'0018 H'001A H'001C H'001E H'0020 H'0022 H'0024 SCI1 transfer complete, error SCI2 transfer complete, error Low A/D conversion end Serial communication interface 1 Serial communication interface 2 A/D converter H'0026 H'0028 H'002A t4U.com Key scan Timer A overflow Timer B overflow Timer C overflow Timer D overflow Timer E overflow Direct transfer (Reserved)*1 DataShee Notes: 1. Vector addresses indicated as "Reserved" cannot be used. 2. This circuit is triggered by a SLEEP instruction and generates an interrupt after a certain time. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 57 www..com 3.2.3 Interrupt Control Registers Table 3-3 lists the registers that are used to control interrupts. Table 3-3 Interrupt Control Registers Register Name Port mode register 1 IRQ edge select register Interrupt enable register 1 Interrupt enable register 2 Interrupt enable register 3 Interrupt request register 1 Interrupt request register 2 Interrupt request register 3 Abbreviation PMR1 IEGR IENR1 IENR2 IENR3 IRR1 IRR2 IRR3 R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W* R/W* R/W* Initial Value H'0C H'EC H'C0 H'00 H'3C H'C0 H'00 H'3C Address H'FFEB H'FFF2 H'FFF3 H'FFF4 H'FFF5 H'FFF6 H'FFF7 H'FFF8 Note: t4U.com* Write is enabled only for writing of 0 to clear flag. DataShee 1. Bit Port mode register 1 (PMR1) 7 NOISE CANCEL 6 EVENT 0 R/W 5 IRQC5 0 R/W 4 IRQC4 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IRQC1 0 R/W 0 IRQC0 0 R/W .com Initial value Read/Write 0 R/W PMR1 is an 8-bit read/write register that designates whether pins in port 1 are used for generalpurpose I/O or for external interrupt input. It is also used to turn the noise canceller function of pin IRQ0 on or off. Note: Before switching a pin function by modifying bit IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, or IRQ0 in PMR1, first clear the interrupt enable flag to disable the interrupt. After the pin function has been switched, issue any instruction, then clear the interrupt request flag to 0. Program example: MOV. B R0L, @IENR1 MOV. B R0L, @PMR1 NOP MOV. B R0L, @IRR1 MOV. B R1L, @IENR1 .com ...................... Disable interrupt ...................... Change pin function ...................... Issue any instruction ...................... Clear interrupt request flag ...................... Enable interrupt H8/300L '91 PMR1 DataSheet 4 U .com 58 www..com Bit 7: Noise cancel (NOISE CANCEL) This bit enables or disables the noise canceller function of pin IRQ0. Bit 7 NOISE CANCEL 0 1 Description Disables the noise canceller function of pin IRQ0. (initial value) Enables the noise canceller function of pin IRQ0. Input is sampled at intervals of 256 states. If two consecutive values do not match, the input is regarded as noise. Bit 6: P16/EVENT pin function switch (EVENT) Bit 6 EVENT 0 1 Description P16/EVENT pin functions as P16 pin. P16/EVENT pin functions as EVENT pin. (initial value) t4U.com Bit 5: P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin function switch (IRQC5) Bit 5 IRQC5 0 1 Description P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin functions as P15/TMOE pin.* DataShee .com (initial value) P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin functions as IRQ5 pin. Note: * For the TMOE usage of this pin, see 7.3.2, Port Mode Register 4 . Bit 4: P14/IRQ4 pin function switch (IRQC4) Bit 4 IRQC4 0 1 Description P14/IRQ4 pin functions as P14 pin. P14/IRQ4 pin functions as IRQ4 pin. (initial value) Bits 3 and 2: Reserved bits Bits 3 and 2 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 59 www..com Bit 1: P11/IRQ1 pin function switch (IRQC1) Bit 1 IRQC1 0 1 Description P11/IRQ1 pin functions as P11 pin. P11/IRQ1 pin functions as IRQ1 pin. (initial value) Bit 0: P10/IRQ0 pin function switch (IRQC0) Bit 0 IRQC0 0 1 Description P10/IRQ0 pin functions as P10 pin. P10/IRQ0 pin functions as IRQ0 pin. (initial value) 2. Bit IRQ edge select register (IEGR) 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 IEG4 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IEG1 0 R/W 0 IEG0 0 R/W t4U.com Initial value Read/Write DataShee IEGR is an 8-bit read/write register, used to designate rising edge sensing or falling edge sensing for pins IRQ0, IRQ1, and IRQ4. .com Bits 7 to 5: Reserved bits Bits 7 to 5 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 4: IRQ4 pin input edge select (IEG4) Bit 4 IEG4 0 1 Description Falling edge of IRQ4 pin input is detected. Rising edge of IRQ4 pin input is detected. (initial value) H8/300L '91 IEGR Bits 3 and 2: Reserved bits Bits 3 and 2 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 60 www..com Bit 1: IRQ1 pin input edge select (IEG1) Bit 1 IEG1 0 1 Description Falling edge of IRQ1 pin input is detected. Rising edge of IRQ1 pin input is detected. (initial value) Bit 0: IRQ0 pin input edge select (IEG0) Bit 0 IEG0 0 1 Description Falling edge of IRQ0 pin input is detected. Rising edge of IRQ0 pin input is detected. (initial value) 3. Bit Interrupt enable register 1 (IENR1) 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 IEN5 0 R/W 4 IEN4 0 R/W 3 -- 0 R/W 2 -- 0 R/W 1 IEN1 0 R/W 0 IEN0 0 R/W t4U.com Initial value Read/Write DataShee IENR1 is an 8-bit read/write register that enables or disables external interrupts. Bits 7 and 6: Reserved bits .com Bits 7 and 6 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 5 and 4: IRQ5 and IRQ4 interrupt enable (IEN5 and IEN4) Bits 5 and 4 IEN5, IEN4 0 1 Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRI5 and IRRI4. Enables interrupt requests by IRRI5 and IRRI4. (initial value) H8/300L '91 IENR1 Bits 3 and 2: Reserved bits Bits 3 and 2 are reserved, but they can be written and read. Bits 1 and 0: IRQ1 and IRQ0 interrupt enable (IEN1 and IEN0) Bits 1 and 0 IEN1, IEN0 Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRI1 and IRRI0. Enables interrupt requests by IRRI1 and IRRI0. (initial value) .com 0 1 DataSheet 4 U .com 61 www..com 4. Interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 0 R/W 6 -- 0 R/W 5 IENDT 0 R/W 4 IENTE 0 R/W 3 IENTD 0 R/W 2 IENTC 0 R/W 1 IENTB 0 R/W 0 IENTA 0 R/W IENR2 is an 8-bit read/write register that enables or disables direct transfer interrupts and timer A to E overflow interrupts. Bits 7 and 6: Reserved bits Bits 7 and 6 are reserved, but they can be written and read. Bit 5: Direct transfer interrupt enable (IENDT) Bit 5 IENDT 0 t4U.com 1 Description Disables direct transfer interrupt requests by IRRDT. Enables interrupt requests by IRRDT. (initial value)'91taShee H8/300LDa IENR2 Bits 4 to 0: Timer E to A interrupt enable (IENTE to IENTA) Bits 4 to 0 IENTE to IENTA 0 1 .com Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRTE to IRRTA. Enables interrupt requests by IRRTE to IRRTA. (initial value) 5. Bit Interrupt enable register 3 (IENR3) 7 IENAD 0 R/W 6 IENKS 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IENS2 0 R/W 0 IENS1 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write IENR3 is an 8-bit read/write register that enables or disables A/D converter, key scan, and serial communication interface 1 and 2 interrupts. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 62 H8/300L '91 IENR3 www..com Bit 7: A/D converter interrupt enable (IENAD) Bit 7 IENAD 0 1 Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRAD. Enables interrupt requests by IRRAD. (initial value) Bit 6: Key scan interrupt enable (IENKS) Bit 6 IENKS 0 1 Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRKS. Enables interrupt requests by IRRKS. (initial value) Bits 5 to 2: Reserved bits Bits 5 to 2 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. om t4U.c hee D Bits 1 and 0: Serial communication interface 2 and 1 interrupt enable (IENS2 and IENS1) ataS Bits 1 and 0 IENS2, IENS1 0 1 Description Disables interrupt requests by IRRS2 and IRRS1. .com (initial value) Enables interrupt requests by IRRS2 and IRRS1. 6. Bit Interrupt request register 1 (IRR1) 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 IRRI5 0 R/W * 4 IRRI4 0 R/W * 3 -- 0 -- 2 -- 0 -- 1 IRRI1 0 R/W * 0 IRRI0 0 R/W * Initial value Read/Write Note: * *Only00can be written, to clear the flag. Note: Only can be written, to clear the flag. IRR1 is an 8-bit read/write register with flags that are set to 1 when an external interrupt is requested. Bits 7 and 6: Reserved bits Bits 7 and 6 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com H8/300L '91 IRR1 DataSheet 4 U .com 63 www..com Bits 5 and 4: IRQ5 and IRQ4 interrupt request (IRRI5 and IRRI4) Bits 5 and 4 IRRI5, IRRI4 0 1 Description No interrupt request from the corresponding pin (IRQ5 or IRQ4). (initial value) Setting condition: Set when the corresponding pin (IRQ5 or IRQ4) is designated for interrupt input in PMR1 and the designated edge is input. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) Bits 3 and 2: Reserved bits Bits 3 and 2 are reserved; they always read 0, and cannot be modified. Bits 1 and 0: IRQ1 and IRQ0 interrupt request (IRRI1 and IRRI0) Bits 1 and 0 IRRI1, IRRI0 0 Description t4U.com 1 D No interrupt request from the corresponding pin (IRQ1 or IRQ0). (initial value) ataS Setting condition: Set when the corresponding pin (IRQ1 or IRQ0) is designated for interrupt input in PMR1 and the designated edge is input. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not automatically cleared .comaccepted.) when an interrupt is hee 7. Bit Interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) 7 -- 0 -- 6 -- 0 -- 5 IRRDT 0 R/W * 4 IRRTE 0 R/W * 3 IRRTD 0 R/W * 2 IRRTC 0 R/W* 1 IRRTB 0 R/W * 0 IRRTA 0 R/W * Initial value Read/Write Note: * * Only 0 can be written, to clear the flag. Note: Only 0 can be written, to clear the flag. IRR2 is an 8-bit read/write register with flags that are set to 1 when a direct transfer interrupt or timer A to E overflow interrupt is requested. Bits 7 and 6: Reserved bits Bits 7 and 6 are reserved; they always read 0, and only 0 may be written. .com H8/300L '91 IRR2 DataSheet 4 U .com 64 www..com Bit 5: Direct transfer interrupt request (IRRDT) Bits 5 IRRDT 0 1 Description No direct transfer interrupt request. (initial value) Setting conditions: In subactive mode, when the system control register 2 (SYSCR2) DTON bit = 1, the system control register 1 (SYSCR1) LSON bit = 0, and the interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2) IENDT bit = 1, execution of a SLEEP instruction results in direct transfer to active mode via watch mode. During this process a direct transfer interrupt is requested and the IRRDT flag is set to 1. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) Bits 4 to 0: Timer E to A interrupt request (IRRTE to IRRTA) Bits 4 to 0 IRRTE to IRRTA 0 t4U.com 1 Description No overflow interrupt request from the corresponding timer (E to A). (initial value) DataShee Setting conditions: When a timer E to A overflow interrupt is requested, the corresponding flag (IRRTE to IRRTA ) is set to 1. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) .com 8. Interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 IRRAD 0 R/W * 6 IRRKS 0 R/W * 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IRRS2 0 R/W * 0 IRRS1 0 R/W * Note: * Only 0 can bebe written, to clear the flag. Note: * Only 0 can written, to clear the flag. Bit 7: A/D conversion complete interrupt request (IRRAD) Bit 7 IRRAD 0 1 Description No A/D converter interrupt request. (initial value) Setting conditions: When the A/D converter completes A/D conversion, an interrupt is requested and the IRRAD flag is set to 1. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not .com automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) H8/300L '91 IRR3 DataSheet 4 U .com 65 www..com Bit 6: Key scan interrupt request (IRRKS) Bit 6 IRRKS 0 1 Description No key scan interrupt request. (initial value) Setting conditions: When the VFD controller/driver requests a key scan interrupt, the IRRKS flag is set to 1. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) Bits 5 to 2: Reserved bits Bits 5 to 2 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 1 and 0: Serial communication interface 2 and 1 interrupt request (IRRS2, IRRS1) Bits 1, 0 IRRS2, IRRS1 0 t4U.com 1 Description No transfer complete or error interrupt request by the corresponding serial communication interface. (initial value) DataShee Setting conditions: When an interrupt is requested due to transfer complete or error on serial communication interface 2 or 1, the corresponding flag (IRRS2 or IRRS1) is set to 1. Clearing method: Cleared when software writes 0 in the flag. (The flag is not .com automatically cleared when an interrupt is accepted.) 3.2.4 External Interrupts There are four external interrupts, IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0. These interrupts are requested by means of input signals at pins IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0. Interrupts IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0 are detected by either rising edge sensing or falling edge sensing, depending on the settings of bits IEG4, IEG1, and IEG0 in the IRQ edge select register (IEGR). IRQ5 is detected by falling edge sensing only. In order to enable external interrupt input, it is first necessary to set the corresponding bit in port mode register 1 (PMR1) to 1. When the designated edge is input at pins IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0, the corresponding flag in interrupt request register 1 (IRR1) is set to 1. After the interrupt is accepted, the flag that was set is not automatically cleared, so the interrupt handling routine must be programmed to clear the flag to 0. A given interrupt request can be disabled by clearing its interrupt enable bit to 0. Interrupts IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0 are enabled by setting bits IEN5, IEN4, IEN1, and IEN0 to 1 in interrupt enable register 1. All interrupts can be masked by setting the I bit in CCR to 1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 66 www..com When an IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, or IRQ0 interrupt request is accepted, the I bit is set to 1. The order of priority is from IRQ0 (high) to IRQ5 (low). For details see table 3-2. A noise canceller function can be selected for IRQ0 interrupts, in which case a noise cancellation circuit samples the IRQ0 input every 256 states. If two consecutive sampling results do not match, noise is assumed and the request is not accepted. 3.2.5 Internal Interrupts There are ten internal interrupts that can be requested by the on-chip peripheral modules. These interrupts can be masked (held pending) by setting the I bit in CCR to 1. When an internal interrupt request is accepted and the interrupt exception handling sequence is executed, the I bit is set to 1. For the order of priority of interrupts from on-chip peripheral modules, see table 3-2. 3.2.6 Interrupt Operations Interrupts are controlled by an interrupt controller. Figure 3-2 shows a block diagram of the interrupt controller, while figure 3-3 shows the flow up to interrupt acceptance. t4U.com DataShee Interrupt controller .com Priority decision IRQ 5 , IQR 4, IRQ 1 , and IRQ 0 interrupt request flags and internal interrupt request flags Interrupt request IRQ 5 , IQR 4, IRQ 1 , and IRQ 0 interrupt enable bits and internal interrupt enable bits .com I CCR (CPU) Figure 3-2 Block Diagram of Interrupt Controller DataSheet 4 U .com 67 www..com Program execution state No Interrupt request? Yes IRQ0 Yes No IRQ1 Yes No IRQ4 Yes 14 interrupts No No SCI2 Yes A/D Yes t4U.com DataShee I=0 .com Yes PC contents saved No Pending CCR contents saved I1 Branch to interrupt handling routine Notation: PC: Program counter CCR: Condition code register I: I bit of CCR .com Figure 3-3 Flow Up to Interrupt Acceptance DataSheet 4 U .com 68 www..com The following operations take place when an interrupt occurs. 1. When an interrupt is requested by external interrupt pin input or by a peripheral module, an interrupt request signal is sent to the interrupt controller. When the interrupt controller receives an interrupt request signal, it sets the interrupt request flag. From among the interrupts for which the corresponding interrupt enable bit is also set to 1, the interrupt controller selects the interrupt request with the highest priority and holds the others pending. (See table 3-2.) The interrupt controller checks the I bit of CCR. If the I bit is 0, the selected interrupt request is accepted; if the I bit is 1, the interrupt request is held pending. 2. 3. 4. 5. t4U.com 6. 7. If the interrupt is accepted, after processing of the current instruction is completed, both PC and CCR are pushed onto the stack. The state of the stack at this time is shown in figure 3-4. The PC value pushed onto the stack is the address of the first instruction to be executed upon DataShee return from interrupt handling. The I bit of CCR is set to 1, masking all further interrupts. A vector address is generated for the accepted interrupt, and the contents of that address are .com read and loaded into PC. Program execution then resumes from the address indicated in PC. Note: No interrupt detection takes place immediately after completion of ORC, ANDC, XORC, or LDC instructions. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 69 www..com SP - 4 SP - 3 SP - 2 SP - 1 SP (R7) Stack area SP (R7) SP + 1 SP + 2 SP + 3 SP + 4 CCR CCR* PCH PCL Even address Prior to start of interrupt exception handling Notation: PCH: Upper 8 bits of program counter (PC) PCL: Lower 8 bits of program counter (PC) CCR: Condition code register t4U.com SP: Stack pointer Contents saved to stack After completion of interrupt exception handling DataShee Notes: 1. PC shows the address of the first instruction to be executed upon return from the interrupt. 2. Saving and restoring of register contents must always be done in word size, and must start from an even-numbered address. * Ignored on return from interrupt. .com Figure 3-4 Stack State after Completion of Interrupt Exception Handling Figure 3-5 shows a typical interrupt sequence. H8/300L '91 Fig. 3-4 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 70 .com DataSheet 4 U .com Figure 3-5 Interrupt Sequence 71 www..com t4U.com Interrupt is accepted Interrupt level decision and wait for end of instruction Instruction prefetch Interrupt request signal Internal processing Stack access Vector fetch Internal processing Prefetch instruction of interrupt-handling routine .com Internal address bus (1) (3) (5) (6) (8) (9) Internal read signal Internal write signal Internal data bus (16 bits) (2) (4) (1) (7) (9) (10) (1) Instruction prefetch address (Instruction is not executed. Address is saved as PC contents, becoming return address.) (2)(4) Instruction code (not executed) (3) Instruction prefetch address (Instruction is not executed.) (5) SP - 2 (6) SP - 4 (7) CCR (8) Vector address (9) Starting address of interrupt-handling routine (contents of vector) (10) First instruction of interrupt-handling routine DataShee www..com 3.2.7 Return from an Interrupt After completion of interrupt handling, the handler routine ends by executing an RTE instruction, to resume the original program from the point the interrupt. When RTE is executed, the values saved on the stack are restored to CCR and PC as shown in figure 3-6. Instruction execution resumes from the address indicated in PC. (Processing of RTE instruction) Memory contents of address indicated in SP are sent to CCR. SP (R7) SP value +2 SP + 1 SP + 2 Memory contents of address indicated in SP are sent to PC. SP + 3 SP + 4 CCR CCR* PC H PC L (Stack state) SP - 4 SP - 3 CCR CCR* PC H PC L Stack SP - 2 area SP - 1 SP (R7) t4U.com Stack area SP value +2 CCR and PC values restored Before RTE instruction is executed After RTE instruction is executed DataShee Note: Ignored on return from interrupt. .com Figure 3-6 Stack State When RTE Instruction is Executed 3.2.8 Interrupt Response Time Table 3-4 shows the number of wait states after an interrupt request flag is set and until the first instruction of the interrupt handler is executed. Table 3-4 Interrupt Wait States No. 1 2 3 4 5 Item Waiting time for completion of current instruction* Saving of PC and CCR to stack Vector fetch Instruction fetch Internal processing Total Note: * Not including EEPMOV instruction. .com States 1 to 13 4 2 4 4 15 to 27 H8/300L '91 Fig. 3-6 DataSheet 4 U .com 72 www..com 3.2.9 Valid Interrupts in Each Mode Table 3-5 shows the valid interrupts in each mode. For details of the modes, see 3.3, System Modes. Table 3-5 Valid Interrupts in Each Mode Mode Interrupt IRQ0 IRQ1 IRQ4 IRQ5 Key scan Timer A overflow Active r r r r r r r r r r Sleep r r Standby r r Watch r Subactive r x x x x r x x x x r x x x r x x x x x x x x x x x x t4U.comTimer B overflow Timer C overflow Timer D overflow Timer E overflow Direct transfer SCI1 transfer complete or error SCI2 transfer complete or error A/D conversion end x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x DataShee x x .com r r r Note: The above table does not include interrupts occurring during a mode transition. Notation: r: When an interrupt request flag is set, interrupt exception handling is started if the I bit = 0 in CCR and the interrupt enable bit = 1 for that interrupt. In sleep mode, standby mode, and watch mode, a mode transition takes place before interrupt exception handling starts. : When a SLEEP instruction is executed while the DTON bit = 1 and the LSON bit = 0, first a transition is made to watch mode and the interrupt request flag is set in synchronization with the subclock. When the interrupt request flag is set, if the interrupt enable flag = 1 for that interrupt and the I bit = 0 in CCR, a transition is made to active mode and interrupt exception handling starts. x: The interrupt request flag is not set, and no mode transition occurs. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 73 www..com 3.2.10 Notes on Stack Area Use When word data is accessed in the H8/300L Series, the least significant bit of the address is regarded as 0. Access to the stack always takes place in word size, so the stack pointer (SP: R7) should never indicate an odd address. Use PUSH Rn (MOV.W Rn, @-SP) or POP Rn (MOV.W @SP+, Rn) to save or restore register values. Setting an odd address in SP may cause a program to crash. An example is shown in figure 3-7. t4U.com SP PCH PCL SP R1L PCL H'FEFC She H'FEFD Data H'FEFF e SP .com BSR instruction SP set to H'FEFF MOV.B R1L, @-R7 Contents of PCH are lost Stack accessed beyond SP Notation: PCH: Upper byte of program counter PCL: Lower byte of program counter R1L: General register R1L SP: Stack pointer Figure 3-7 CPU Operation When Odd Address is Set in SP Word access is also performed when the condition code register (CCR) is saved and restored by the interrupt exception-handling sequence and RTE instruction. When CCR is saved, the CCR value is saved in both the upper and lower bytes of the word data. When CCR is restored, it is loaded with the value at the even address. The value at the odd address is ignored. H8/300L '91 Fig. 3-7 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 74 www..com 3.3 System Modes The H8/300L CPU is equipped with power-down modes for minimizing power dissipation. These and the other system modes are described below. There are five modes altogether, as follows. * * * * * Active mode Sleep mode Standby mode Watch mode Subactive mode Low-power operation modes Figure 3-8 shows the transitions among these modes. t4U.com SSBY = 0 SSBY = 1 and TMA3 = 1 and SLEEP instruction Active mode IRQ 0 or IRQ 1 or timer A LSON = 0 and IRQ0 , or LSON = 0 and time base * and SLEEP instruction DataShee Sleep mode IRQ 0 or .com IRQ 1 SSBY = 1 and TMA3 = 0 and SLEEP instruction Watch mode DTON = 0 LSON = 0 and and SLEEP DTON = 1 and instruction LSON = 1 and SLEEP instruction IRQ0, or LSON = 1 and time base* H8/300L '91 Standby mode RES RES RES Reset 3.3 } Subactive mode RES RES Note: * Time base: Timer A interrupt during time-base operation running on subclock. Figure 3-8 System Mode Transition Diagram .com DataSheet 4 U .com 75 H8/300L '91 Fig. 3-8 www..com 3.3.1 Active Mode In active mode, the CPU executes instructions in synchronization with the system clock. 3.3.2 Low-Power Operation Mode The H8/300L CPU supports four low-power operation modes: sleep mode, standby mode, watch mode, and subactive mode. These modes are described below. Sleep mode: Sleep mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is cleared to 0. As soon as the SLEEP instruction has been executed, the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules halt operation, except for timer A. The contents of the internal registers of the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules, as well as the RAM contents, are retained. Standby mode: t4U.com Standby mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1 and timer mode register A (TMA) bit TMA3 = 0. In this mode, the CPU, system clock, and on-chip Shee peripheral modules halt all operations. Output from the on-chip peripheral Data modules is reset; but as long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the contents of the internal registers of the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules, as well as the RAM contents, are retained. Standard I/O ports go to the highimpedance state. In high-voltage ports, the PMOS buffer transistors are .com switched off. Watch mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1 and timer mode register A (TMA) bit TMA3 = 1. In this mode, the CPU, system clock, and on-chip peripheral modules halt, except for timer A. Output from the on-chip peripheral modules is reset; but as long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the contents of the internal registers of the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules, as well as the RAM contents, are retained. Standard I/O ports go to the high-impedance state. In high-voltage ports, the PMOS buffer transistors are switched off. Subactive mode is entered when a time base or IRQ0 interrupt request is accepted in watch mode while the LSON bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1. In this mode the CPU operates in synchronization with the subclock. On-chip peripheral modules halt operation, except for the timebase function of timer A. Output from the on-chip peripheral modules is reset; but as long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the contents of the internal registers of the on-chip peripheral modules are retained. Standard I/O ports go to the high-impedance state. In high-voltage ports, the PMOS buffer transistors are switched off. 76 Watch mode: Subactive mode: .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Table 3-6 shows the internal states in each mode. Table 3-6 Internal States in Operation Modes Function System clock Subclock CPU operation Instructions RAM Registers I/O Peripheral module IRQ0 interrupts IRQ1 IRQ4, IRQ5 Timer A Timer B Timer C Timer D Timer E SCI1, SCI2 VFD Active Sleep Standby Watch Halted Functions Halted Retained Retained Retained*1 Functions Retained Retained Functions*3 Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained (output is reset) Retained (output is reset) Retained Subactive Halted Functions Functions Functions Functions Functions*1, *2 Functions Retained Retained Functions*3 Functions Functions Halted Functions Functions Functions Functions Halted Functions Retained Functions Retained Functions Retained Halted Retained Retained Retained*1 Functions Functions Functions Functions Functions Functions Functions Retained Retained t4U.com Functions Functions Retained Functions Retained Functions Retained Functions Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained (output is reset) Retained (output is reset) Retained Da Retainedta Retained Retained Retained Retained Retained (output is reset) Retained (output is reset) Retained Shee .com Functions Retained Functions Retained Functions Retained (output is reset) Functions Retained (output is reset) Functions Retained PWM A/D Notes: 1. Register contents are retained; output goes to high-impedance state. 2. Input (read) functions. 3. Functions when the time base function is selected. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 77 www..com 1. Sleep mode Operation in sleep mode is described below. * Transition to sleep mode The system goes from active mode to sleep mode when a SLEEP instruction is executed while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is cleared to 0. In this mode CPU operation is halted but the register, RAM, and port contents are retained. The clock pulse generator operates, as do external interrupts (IRQ1 and IRQ0) and timer A. * Clearing sleep mode Sleep mode is cleared by an interrupt (IRQ1, IRQ0, or timer A) or by input at the RES pin. -- Clearing by interrupt (IRQ1, IRQ0, or timer A) When an IRQ1, IRQ0, or timer A interrupt is requested, sleep mode is cleared and interrupt t4U.com exception handling starts. Sleep mode is not cleared if the I bit in the condition code DataShee register (CCR) is set to 1 or the particular interrupt is disabled in the interrupt enable register. Before transition to sleep mode, other interrupts should be disabled. .com -- Clearing by RES input When the RES pin goes low, the CPU goes into the reset state and sleep mode is cleared. 2. Standby mode Operation in standby mode is described below. * Transition to standby mode The system goes from active mode to standby mode when a SLEEP instruction is executed while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1 and bit TMA3 in timer mode register A (TMA) is cleared to 0. In standby mode the clock pulse generator stops, so the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules stop functioning. As long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the CPU register contents and data in the on-chip RAM will be retained. Standard I/O ports go to the high-impedance state. In high-voltage ports, the PMOS buffer transistors are switched off. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 78 www..com * Clearing standby mode Standby mode is cleared by an external interrupt (IRQ1, IRQ0) or by input at the RES pin. -- Clearing by interrupt (IRQ1, IRQ0) When an IRQ1 or IRQ0 interrupt signal is input, the clock pulse generator starts. After the time set in bits STS2 to STS0 in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) has elapsed, a stable clock signal is supplied to the entire chip, standby mode is cleared, and interrupt exception handling starts. Before the transition to standby mode, other interrupts should be disabled. Standby mode is not cleared if the I bit in the condition code register (CCR) is set to 1 or the particular interrupt is disabled in the interrupt enable register. -- Clearing by RES input t4U.com When the RES pin goes low, the clock pulse generator starts and standby mode is cleared. After the pulse generator output has stabilized, if the RES pin is driven high, the CPU starts reset exception handling. DataShee Since clock signals are supplied to the entire chip as soon as the clock pulse generator starts functioning, the RES pin should be kept at the low level until the pulse generator output stabilizes. Watch mode 3. .com Operation in watch mode is described below. * Transition to watch mode From active mode, watch mode is entered when a SLEEP instruction is executed while the SSBY bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1 and bit TMA3 in timer mode register A (TMA) is set to 1. From subactive mode, watch mode is entered when a SLEEP instruction is executed while the DTON bit in system control register 2 (SYSCR2) is cleared to 0. In watch mode, operation of the system clock pulse generator and of on-chip peripheral modules is halted, except for the time-base function of timer A. Output from the on-chip peripheral modules is reset; but as long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the contents of the internal registers of the CPU and on-chip peripheral modules, and the on-chip RAM contents, are retained. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 79 www..com * Clearing watch mode Watch mode is cleared by a time-base interrupt from timer A, by an IRQ0 interrupt, or by input at the RES pin. -- Clearing by timer A time-base interrupt or IRQ0 interrupt When timer A overflows or an IRQ0 interrupt signal is input, if the LSON bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is cleared to 0, the clock pulse generator starts. After the time set in bits STS2 to STS0 in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) has elapsed, a stable clock signal is supplied to the entire chip, watch mode is cleared, and interrupt exception handling starts. If LSON = 1, the system goes to subactive mode. In watch mode, the subclock (SUB) is prescaled to generate a clock signal which is supplied to timer A. Timer A operates as a time base. Before the transition to watch mode, other external interrupts should be disabled. Watch mode is not cleared if the I bit in the condition code register (CCR) is set to 1 or the t4U.com particular interrupt is disabled in the interrupt enable register. DataShee -- Clearing by RES input When the RES pin goes low, the clock pulse generator starts and watch mode is cleared. After the pulse generator output has stabilized, if the RES pin is driven high, the CPU .com starts reset exception handling. Since clock signals are supplied to the entire chip as soon as the clock pulse generator starts functioning, the RES pin should be kept at the low level until the pulse generator output stabilizes. 4. Subactive mode Operation in subactive mode is described below. * Transition to subactive mode Subactive mode is entered from watch mode if the LSON bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is set to 1 at the time of a timer A time-base interrupt or IRQ0 interrupt request. In subactive mode, the CPU operates in synchronization with the subclock (SUB). The onchip peripheral modules halt operation, except for the time base function of timer A. Output from the on-chip peripheral modules is reset; but as long as a minimum required voltage is applied, the contents of the internal registers of the on-chip peripheral modules are retained. .com ports go to the high-impedance state. In high-voltage ports, the PMOS buffer Standard I/O transistors are switched off. DataSheet 4 U .com 80 www..com * Clearing subactive mode Subactive mode is cleared by a SLEEP instruction or by input at the RES pin. -- Clearing by SLEEP instruction When a SLEEP instruction is executed in subactive mode, subactive mode is cleared. If the DTON bit of system control register 2 (SYSCR2) is cleared to 0 when the SLEEP instruction is executed, the system goes to watch mode. If DTON = 1 and LSON = 0, a direct transfer interrupt is requested and the clock pulse generator starts. After the time set in bits STS2 to STS0 in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) has elapsed, a stable clock signal is supplied to the entire chip, and the system goes to active mode. Before the transition to active mode, other interrupts should be disabled. The direct transfer from subactive mode to active mode does not take place if the I bit in the condition code register (CCR) is set to 1 or the direct transfer interrupt is disabled in the interrupt enable register. t4U.com -- Clearing by RES input DataShee When the RES pin goes low, the clock pulse generator starts and subactive mode is cleared. After the pulse generator output has stabilized, if the RES pin is driven high, the CPU starts reset exception handling. .com Since clock signals are supplied to the entire chip as soon as the clock pulse generator starts functioning, the RES pin should be kept at the low level until the pulse generator output stabilizes. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 81 www..com 3.3.3 Application Notes 1. In order to ensure sufficient time for the clock pulse generator to reach stable operation after clearing of standby mode or watch mode, or after a direct transfer from subactive to active mode, bits STS2 to STS0 in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) should be set as follows. When a ceramic oscillator is used Set bits STS2 to STS0 for a waiting time of at least 10 ms (see figure 3-9). For details, see 3.4.1, System Control Register 1 (SYSCR1). * When an external clock is used Any values may be set. Normally the minimum time (STS2 = STS1 = STS0 = 0) should be set. * t4U.com V Oscillator waveform DataShee .com t Waiting time 10 ms Oscillator stabilization time tr Power-on or standby cleared Figure 3-9 Waiting Time To make a transition from subactive mode to active mode, the LSON bit in SYSCR1 should be cleared to 0 and the DTON bit in system control register 2 (SYSCR2) should be set to 1. Direct transfer is not possible when the LSON bit = 1. .com 2. DataSheet 4 U .com 82 www..com 3.4 System Control Registers Table 3-7 shows how the system control registers (SYSCR1 and SYSCR2) are configured. These two registers are used to control the power-down modes. Table 3-7 Register Configuration Name System control register 1 System control register 2 Abbreviation SYSCR1 SYSCR2 R/W R/W R/W Initial Value H'00 H'F4 Address H'FFF0 H'FFF1 3.4.1 System Control Register 1 (SYSCR1) Bit Initial value 7 SSBY 0 R/W * 6 STS2 0 R/W 5 STS1 0 R/W 4 STS0 0 R/W 3 LSON 0 R/W 2 -- 0 R/W 1 -- 0 -- 0 -- 0 -- t4U.com Read/Write DataShee Note: * Write is enabled only in active mode. Note: * Write is enabled only in active mode. SYSCR1 is an 8-bit read/write register for control of power-down modes. Bit 7: Standby (SSBY) .com This bit designates transition to standby mode. When standby mode is cleared by an external interrupt and the system goes to active mode, this bit remains set to 1. It must be cleared by writing a 0. Writing is possible only in active mode. Bit 7 SSBY 0 1 Explanation When a SLEEP instruction is executed, a transition is made to sleep mode. H8/300L '91 SYSCR1 (initial value) When a SLEEP instruction is executed, a transition is made to standby mode or watch mode. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 83 www..com Bits 6 to 4: Standby timer select 2 to 0 (STS2 to STS0) When a mode in which the system clock is stopped (standby, watch, or subactive mode) is cleared, the system waits for stable clock operation for a time set in these bits. The designation should be made according to the clock frequency so that the waiting time is at least 10 ms. Bit 6 STS2 0 0 0 0 1 Bit 5 STS1 0 0 1 1 * Bit 4 STS0 0 1 0 1 * Explanation Wait time = 8,192 states. (initial value) Wait time = 16,384 states. Wait time = 32,768 states. Wait time = 65,536 states. Wait time = 131,072 states. Note: * Don't care. Bit 3: Low speed on flag (LSON) t4U.com DataShee This bit chooses the system clock () or subclock (SUB) as the CPU operating clock when watch mode is cleared. Since this relates to the transitions between operation modes, this bit functions in combination with other control bits and interrupt input. Bit 3 LSON 0 1 Explanation .com (initial value) The CPU operates on the system clock (). The CPU operates on the subclock (SUB). Bit 2: Reserved bit This bit is reserved, but it can be written and read. Bits 1 and 0: Reserved bits These bits are reserved; they always read 0, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 84 www..com 3.4.2 System Control Register 2 (SYSCR2) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 DTON 0 W* 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 R/W 0 -- 0 R/W Note: * Write is enabled only in subactive mode. Note: * Write is enabled only in subactive mode. SYSCR2 is an 8-bit read/write register for control of direct transfer from subactive mode to active mode. Bits 7 to 4: Reserved bits These bits are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 3: Direct transfer on flag (DTON) This bit designates whether a transition is made to active mode or to watch mode when a SLEEP t4U.com H8/300L '91 D instruction is executed in subactive mode. When transfer to active mode is designated, the ataShee SYSCR2 transition takes place via watch mode to allow time for the clock pulse generator to stabilize. Bit 3 DTON 0 1 Explanation When a SLEEP instruction is executed in subactive mode, a transition is (initial value) made to watch mode. When a SLEEP instruction is executed in subactive mode while the LSON bit in system control register 1 (SYSCR1) is cleared to 0, a direct transfer interrupt is requested, and the system goes to active mode via watch mode. .com Bit 2: Reserved bit This bit is reserved; it always reads 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 1 and 0: Reserved bits These bits are reserved, but they can be written and read. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 85 www..com Section 4 ROM 4.1 Overview The H8/3714 has 32 kbytes of on-chip mask ROM. The H8/3713 has 24 kbytes, and the H8/3712 has 16 kbytes. The ROM is connected to the CPU by a 16-bit data bus, allowing high-speed twostate access for both byte data and word data. The ZTATTM version of the H8/3714 has a 32-kbyte PROM. 4.1.1 Block Diagram Figure 4-1 gives a block diagram of the on-chip ROM. Internal data bus (upper 8 bits) t4U.com Internal data bus (lower 8 bits) DataShee H'0000 H'0002 .com H'0001 H'0003 H'7DFE Even-numbered addresses H'7DFF Odd-numbered addresses Figure 4-1 ROM Block Diagram (H8/3714) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 87 www..com 4.2 PROM Mode 4.2.1 Selection of PROM Mode If the on-chip ROM is a PROM, setting the chip to PROM mode stops operation as a microcontroller and allows the PROM to be programmed in the same way as the HN27C256H. Table 4-1 shows how to select PROM mode. Table 4-1 Selection of PROM Mode Pin Name Test pin TEST Mode pin MD0 (P40/FS16) Mode pin MD1 (P41/FS17) Mode pin MD2 (P17/Vdisp) High level Setting High level Low level 4.2.2 Socket Adapter Pin Arrangement and Memory Map t4U.com DataShee A standard PROM programmer can be used to program the PROM. A socket adapter is required for conversion to 28 pins, as listed in table 4-2. Figure 4-2 shows the pin-to-pin wiring of the socket adapter. Figure 4-3 shows a memory map. .com Table 4-2 Socket Adapter Package 64-pin (FP-64A) 64-pin (DP-64S) Socket Adapter HS3714ESH01H HS3714ESS01H .com DataSheet 4 U .com 88 www..com H8/3714 FP-64A 17 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 48 22 50 51 52 53 54 55 49 27 28 39 29 30 56, 1 14, 10 11 15 DP-64S 26 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 57 31 59 60 61 62 63 64 58 36 37 48 38 39 1, 10 23, 19 20, 22 24 Pin RES P90 P91 P92 P93 P94 P95 P96 P97 P50 P51 P52 P53 P54 P55 P56 P57 P70 P16 P72 .com P73 P74 P75 P76 P77 P71 P43 P42 P17 P41 P40 VCC, AVCC VSS, AVSS TEST, X1 OSC1 EPROM Socket Pin VPP EO0 EO1 EO2 EO3 EO4 EO5 EO6 EO7 EA0 EA1 EA2 EA3 EA4 EA5 EA6 EA7 EA8 EA9 EA10 EA11 EA12 EA13 EA14 CE OE VCC VSS VCC VSS VCC VSS t4U.com HN27C256H 1 11 12 13 15 16 17 18 19 10 9 8 7 6 5 e 4 DataShe 3 25 24 21 23 2 26 27 20 22 28 14 28 14 28 14 Note: Pins not indicated above should be left open. Figure 4-2 Socket Adapter Pin Correspondence .com DataSheet 4 U .com 89 www..com Address in MCU mode H'0000 Address in PROM mode H'0000 On-chip ROM H'7DFF H'7DFF t4U.com Figure 4-3 Memory Map in PROM Mode DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 90 www..com 4.3 Programming The write, verify, and other modes are selected as shown in table 4-3 in PROM mode. Table 4-3 Mode Selection in PROM Mode Pin Mode Write Verify Programming disabled Notation: L: Low level H: High level VPP: VPP level VCC: VCC level CE L H H OE H L H VPP VPP VPP VPP VCC VCC VCC VCC EO7 to EO0 Data input Data output High impedance EA14 to EA0 Address input Address input Address input t4U.comThe specifications for writing and reading the on-chip PROM are identical to those for the ataShee D standard HN27C256H EPROM. 4.3.1 Writing and Verifying An efficient, high-speed programming method is provided for writing and verifying the PROM .com data. This method achieves high speed without voltage stress on the device and without lowering the reliability of written data. H'FF data is written in unused address areas. The basic flow of this high-speed programming method is shown in figure 4-4. Table 4-4 and table 4-5 give the electrical characteristics in programming mode. Figure 4-5 shows a timing diagram. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 91 www..com Start Select write or verify mode VCC = 6.0 V 0.25 V, VPP = 12.5 V 0.3 V Address = 0 n=0 n + 1 n Yes No n < 25 Write with t PW = 1 ms 5% No Go t4U.com Verify Go Write with t OPW = 3n ms Address + 1 address DataShee .com Last address? Yes No Select read mode VCC = 5.0 V 0.5 V, VPP = VCC 0.6 V Error No Go Read all addresses Go End Figure 4-4 High-Speed Programming Flow Chart .com DataSheet 4 U .com 92 www..com Table 4-4 DC Characteristics (preliminary) (Conditions: VCC = 6.0 V 0.25 V, VPP = 12.5 V 0.3 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = 25C 5C) Item Input highlevel voltage Input lowlevel voltage Output highlevel voltage Output lowlevel voltage EA14 to EA0, OE, CE EA14 to EA0, OE, CE EO7 to EO0 EO7 to EO0 Symbol Min VIH VIL VOH VOL 2.4 -0.3 2.4 -- -- -- -- Typ Max -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Test Unit Conditions VCC + 0.3 V 0.8 -- 0.45 2 40 40 V V V A mA mA IOH = -200 A IOL = 1.6 mA VIN = 5.25 V/0.5 V Input leakage EO7 to EO0, EA14 to EA0, |ILI| current OE, CE t4U.comV VCC current PP ICC IPP current DataShee Table 4-5 AC Characteristics (Conditions: VCC = 6.0 V 0.25 V, VPP = 12.5 V 0.3 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = 25C 5C) .com Item Symbol tAS tOES tDS tAH tDH tDF tVPS tPW tOPW tVCS tOE Min Typ Max Unit Address setup time OE setup time Data setup time Address hold time Data hold time Data output disable time VPP setup time Programming pulse width CE pulse width for overwrite programming VCC setup time Data output delay time 2 2 2 0 2 0 2 0.95 2.85 2 0 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 1.0 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 130 -- 1.05 78.75 -- 500 s s s s s ns s ms ms s ns Test Conditions Figure 4-5* Notes: * Input pulse level: 0.8 to 2.2 V Input rise time/fall time 20 ns Timing reference levels Input: 1.0 V, 2.0 V .com Output: 0.8 V, 2.0 V DataSheet 4 U .com 93 www..com Write Address t AS Data t DS VPP VPP VCC VCC GND t VPS Input data t DH Verify t AH Output data t DF VCC t VCS t4U.com CE t PW t OPW t OES t OE DataShee OE .com Figure 4-5 PROM Write/Verify Timing 4.3.2 Programming Precautions 1. Use the specified programming voltage and timing. The programming voltage in PROM mode (VPP) is 12.5 V. Use of a higher voltage can H8/300L '91 permanently damage the chip. Be especially careful with respect to PROM programmer Fig. 4-5 overshoot. Setting the PROM programmer to Hitachi specifications for the HN27C256H or to Intel specifications will result in a correct VPP of 12.5 V. Make sure the index marks on the PROM programmer socket, socket adapter, and chip are properly aligned. If they are not, the chip may be destroyed by excessive current flow. Before programming, be sure the chip is properly mounted in the PROM programmer. .com 2. DataSheet 4 U .com 94 www..com 3. Avoid touching the socket adapter or chip during programming, since this may cause contact faults and write errors. 4. Some commercially available EPROM programmers execute a device test before writing, reading, or verifying. The device test is a leakage test of the EPROM pins or ZTAT microcontroller pins. (A ZTAT microcontroller is a microcontroller with on-chip EPROM.) The function of this test is to check whether the device is correctly inserted in the socket, by confirming that leakage current flow is above a certain minimum level. In devices like the H8/3714 in which the on-chip EPROM is assigned to high-voltage pins (PMOS open-drain pins), no leakage current flows in the sink direction. That may cause the device test to fail and prevent writing, reading, or verifying. If this occurs, switch the device test off. Note that in some EPROM programmers, the device test cannot be switched off. t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 95 www..com 4.3.3 Reliability of Written Data An effective way to assure the data holding characteristics of the programmed chips is to bake them at 150C, then screen them for data errors. This procedure quickly eliminates chips with PROM memory cells prone to early data retention failure. Figure 4-8 shows a flow chart of this screening procedure. Write program and verify written data Bake chips with power off t4U.com 150C 10C, 48 Hr +8 Hr * -0 Hr DataShee Read and check program VCC = 4.5 V and 5.5 V .com Install Note: * Baking time is measured from when the oven reaches 150C. Figure 4-6 Recommended Screening Procedure If write errors occur repeatedly while the same PROM programmer is being used, stop programming and check for problems in the PROM programmer and socket adapter, etc. Please notify your Hitachi representative of any problems occurring during programming or in screening after high-temperature baking. H8/300L '91 Fig. 4-6 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 96 www..com Section 5 RAM 5.1 Overview The H8/3714 has 512 bytes of high-speed static RAM on-chip. The H8/3713 and the H8/3712 each has 384 bytes. The RAM is connected to the CPU by a 16-bit data bus, allowing high-speed two-state access for both byte data and word data. 5.1.1 Block Diagram Figure 5-1 shows a block diagram of the on-chip RAM. Internal data bus (upper 8 bits) Internal data bus (lower 8 bits) t4U.com DataShee H'FD80 H'FD82 H'FD80 H'FD82 H'FD81 H'FD83 .com H'FF7E H'FF7E Even-numbered addresses H'FF7F Odd-numbered addresses Figure 5-1 RAM Block Diagram (H8/3714) 5.1.2 Display RAM Area In the H8/3714, H8/3713 and H8/3712, RAM addresses H'FEC0 to H'FEFF are also used as a display RAM for the VFD controller/driver. If the VFD controller/driver is not used, this area is available as an ordinary RAM. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 97 www..com Section 6 Clock Pulse Generators 6.1 Overview Clock oscillator circuitry (CPG: Clock Pulse Generator) is provided on-chip, including both a system clock pulse generator and a subclock pulse generator. The system clock pulse generator consists of a system clock oscillator, system clock divider, and a clock divider (prescaler S) for the on-chip peripheral modules. The subclock pulse generator consists of a subclock oscillator circuit, subclock divider, and a further subclock divider (prescaler W) for time-base use. 6.1.1 Block Diagram Figure 6-1 shows a block diagram of the clock pulse generators. System clock pulse generator t4U.com Prescaler S OSC1 OSC2 System clock oscillator f OSC System clock divider (1/2) .com DataShee /2 to /8192 Prescaler W X1 X2 Subclock oscillator fX Subclock divider (1/8) SUB /32 SUB Subclock pulse generator Figure 6-1 Block Diagram of Clock Pulse Generators .com H8/300L Fig. 6-1 DataSheet 4 U .com 99 www..com 6.2 System Clock Generator Clock pulses can be supplied to the system clock divider either by connecting a crystal or ceramic oscillator, or by providing external clock input. 1. * Connecting a crystal oscillator Circuit configuration Figure 6-2 shows a typical method of connecting a crystal oscillator. C1 OSC 1 OSC 2 Rf C2 t4U.com Rf = 1 M 20% C1 = C 2 = 12 pF 20% DataShee Figure 6-2 Typical Connection to Crystal Oscillator * Crystal oscillator .com Figure 6-3 shows the equivalent circuit of the crystal oscillator. An oscillator having the characteristics given in table 6-1 should be used. CL L OSC 1 RS H8/300L '91 OSC 2 Fig. 6-2 C0 Figure 6-3 Equivalent Circuit of Crystal Oscillator Table 6-1 Crystal Oscillator Parameters Frequency (MHz) 2 4 100 7 8 50 7 .com Rs max () Co max (pF) 500 7 DataSheet 4 U .com 100 www..com 2. Connecting a ceramic oscillator * Circuit configuration Figure 6-4 shows a typical method of connecting a ceramic oscillator. C1 Ceramic oscillator Rf OSC 1 C2 OSC 2 t4U.com R f : 1 M 20% C 1 : 30 pF 20% C 2 : 30 pF 20% DataShee 3. Figure 6-4 Typical Connection to Ceramic Oscillator .com Notes on board design When generating clock pulses by connecting a crystal or ceramic oscillator, pay careful attention to the following points. Avoid running signal lines close to the oscillator circuit, since the oscillator may be adversely affected by induction currents. (See figure 6-5.) The board should be designed so that the oscillator and load capacitors are located as close as possible to pins OSC1 and OSC2. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 101 www..com To be avoided Signal A Signal B H8/3714 Series microcontroller C2 OSC 1 OSC 2 C1 t4U.com Figure 6-5 Board Design of Oscillator Circuit 4. * External clock input Circuit configuration DataShee .com When an external clock is used, it is input at pin OSC1. Pin OSC2 should be left open. Figure 6-6 shows a typical connection. H8/300L '91 Fig. 6-4 OSC 1 Open External clock input OSC 2 Figure 6-6 External Clock Input (Example) * External clock Twice clock frequency () 45% to 55% Frequency .com Duty cycle DataSheet 4 U .com 102 www..com 6.3 Subclock Generator 1. Connecting a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator Clock pulses can be supplied to the subclock divider by connecting a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator, as shown in figure 6-7. Follow the same precautions as noted for the system clock. C1 X1 X2 C2 C1 = C2 = 15 pF typ t4U.com Figure 6-7 Typical Connection to Crystal Oscillator (Subclock) Figure 6-8 shows the equivalent circuit of the crystal oscillator. DataShee .com L CS RS C0 C0 = 1.5 pF typ RS = 14 k typ f = 32.768 kHz Figure 6-8 Equivalent Circuit of Crystal Oscillator 2. Pin connection when not using subclock When the subclock is not used, connect VCC to pin X1 and leave pin X2 open, as shown in figure 6-9. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 103 www..com VCC X1 X2 Open Figure 6-9 Pin Connection When Not Using Subclock t4U.com DataShee H8/300 Fig. 6-7 .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 104 www..com Section 7 I/O Ports 7.1 Overview The H8/3714 Series has five 8-bit I/O ports (of which four are high-voltage ports), one 6-bit I/O port*, and one 8-bit input port. Table 7-1 indicates the functions of each port. Ports 1 and 9 are standard input/output ports, consisting of a port control register (PCR) that controls input and output, and a port data register (PDR) for storing output data. Input or output can be assigned to individual bits. Ports 4, 5, 6, and 7 are high-voltage ports, able to handle an applied voltage of VCC - 40 V. Input and output are controlled for individual bits by reading from and writing to PDR. Note: * Pin P17 of port 1 is a high-voltage input-only pin, while pin P16 is a standard input-only pin. Pins P12 and P13 are not present. t4U.comReading a port gives the following results. * Reading a standard port -- Reading a pin assigned to general-purpose input (PCR = 0) gives the pin level. DataShee -- Reading a pin assigned to.com (PCR = 1) gives the value of the general-purpose output corresponding PDR bit. -- Reading a pin assigned to an on-chip peripheral function gives the pin level. * Reading a high-voltage port -- Reading a pin assigned to general-purpose input/output gives the pin level. -- Reading a pin assigned to digit output or segment output use gives the value of the corresponding PDR bit. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 105 www..com Table 1 Port Functions Port Port 0 Port 1 Description 8-bit standard input port Pin P17: 1-bit high-voltage input port Pin P16: 1-bit standard input port Pins P15, P14, P11, and P10: 4-bit standard I/O port Pins P07 to P00/ AN7 to AN0 P17/Vdisp P16/EVENT P15/IRQ5/ TMOE P14/IRQ4 P11/IRQ1 P10/IRQ0 Port 4 8-bit high-voltage I/O port Other Functions Analog data input channels 7 to 0 Power supply for VFD driver Timer D event input External interrupt 5; Timer E output External interrupts 4, 1, and 0 Function Switching Register PMR0 Mask option PMR1 PMR1 PMR4 PMR1 m t4U.co5 8-bit high-voltage I/O port Port Port 6 8-bit high-voltage I/O port P47 to P40/ VFD segment pins 23 to 16 FS23 to FS16 P57 to P50/ FS15 to FS8 P67 to P60/ FD7 to FD0/ FS0 to FS7 VFD segment pins 15 to 8 VFD digit pins 7 to 0/segment pins 0 to 7 VFSR VFSR DBR VFSR VFDR VFDR PMR2 PMR3 DataShee Port 7 Port 9 8-bit high-voltage I/O port 8-bit standard I/O port .com pins 15 to 8 VFD digit P77 to P70/ FD15 to FD8 P97/UD P96/SO2 P95/SI2/CS P94/SCK2 P93/SO1 P92/SI1 P91/SCK1 P90/PWM Timer C count-up/down selection Serial communication interface 2 data output Serial communication interface 2 data input/chip select output Serial communication interface 2 clock I/O Serial communication interface 1 data output Serial communication interface 1 data input Serial communication interface 1 clock I/O 14-bit PWM waveform output pin Note: Pins P12 and .com P13, and ports P2, P3, and P8 are not included in these versions. DataSheet 4 U .com 106 www..com 7.1.1 Port Types and Mask Options The choice of I/O pin options and the resulting states are shown in table 7-2. Upon reset, the PDR, PCR, and PMR registers are initialized, cancelling the choices of peripheral functions. When the chip goes to a low-power mode, the on-chip peripheral function input gates are always on, so unless input levels are fixed there will be an increase in dissipated current. Table 7-2 Choice of I/O Port Options For Standard I/O Pins Class I/O pins Pins P15, P14, P11, P10, P97 to P90 P16 With MOS Pull-Up (type B) With MOS pull-up No MOS Pull-Up (type C) No MOS pull-up Input-only pins With MOS pull-up No MOS pull-up No MOS pull-up No MOS pull-up No MOS pull-up t4U.comOn-chip peripheral function I/O pins On-chip peripheral function output pins On-chip peripheral function input pins With MOS pull-up SCK2, SCK1 (output mode)* SO2, SO1, PWM, TMOE With MOS pull-up DataShee SCK2, SCK1 With MOS pull-up (input mode)* .com SI2, SI1, IRQ5, IRQ4, IRQ1, IRQ0 UD, EVENT Note: If external clock input mode is selected when the serial communication interface is used, pins SCK2 and SCK1 will be input-only pins. For High-Voltage Pins Class I/O pins Pins P47 to P40, P57 to P50, P67 to P60, P77 to P70 P17 No MOS Pull-Down (type D) No MOS pull-down With MOS Pull-Down (type E) With MOS pull-down. Source of pull-down transistor connected to Vdisp power supply. Connected to Vdisp power supply. With MOS pull-down. Source of pull-down transistor connected to Vdisp power supply. Input-only pins No MOS pull-down On-chip peripheral FS23 to FS0, No MOS pull-down function output pins FD15 to FD0 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 107 www..com Table 7-3 shows the mask options with mask ROM versions. A mask ROM version is compatible with a ZTATTM version only when C and D options are selected for all pins. Table 7-3 Correspondence between Mask ROM and ZTATTM Versions Type Mask ROM ZTATTM Notes 1. When circuit type E, "with MOS pull-down," is chosen, the source of the MOS pull-down is connected to the Vdisp power supply. Accordingly, the mask option making pin P17/Vdisp a Vdisp power supply pin must also be chosen. 2. Type C, "no MOS pull-up," is the only option available for port 0. B Option -- C Option Fixed D Option Fixed E Option -- 7.1.2 MOS Pull-Up Ports 1* and 9, which are standard input/output ports, can be designated by mask options as t4U.com or not having MOS pull-up transistors for their (CMOS) outputs. (This does not apply to ataShee having D ZTATTM versions.) Figure 7-1 shows the MOS pull-up circuit configuration. When "with MOS pull-up" is selected by .com pull-up will normally be on, mask option, the MOS regardless of the port data register (PDR) and port control register (PCR) settings. (See table 7-4.) Note: * Pin P17/Vdisp is a high-voltage pin, so the MOS pull-up option cannot be selected for this pin. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 108 www..com STBY *2 VCC *1 VCC MOS pull-up PDR PCR CMOS buffer t4U.com VSS Input taShee Da data Notes: 1. Dotted lines indicate mask option. 2. In low-power modes (except sleep mode), the MOS pull-up is switched off by a STBY signal. .com Figure 7-1 MOS Pull-Up Circuit Configuration Table 7-4 MOS Pull-Up Control Mask Option PCR PDR CMOS buffer PMOS NMOS MOS pull-up 0 Off Off On With MOS Pull-Up (type B) 0 1 Off Off On 0 Off On On 1 1 On Off On 0 Off Off -- No MOS Pull-Up (type C) 0 1 Off Off -- 0 Off On -- 1 1 On Off -- H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 109 www..com 7.1.3 MOS Pull-Down Ports 4, 5, 6, and 7, which are high-voltage I/O ports, can be designated by mask option as having or not having MOS pull-down resistors for their (PMOS open-drain) outputs. (This does not apply to ZTATTM versions.) Figure 7-2 shows the MOS pull-down circuit configuration. When the "with MOS pull-down" option is chosen, the source of the MOS pull-down is connected to the Vdisp power supply. Accordingly, the mask option making pin P17/Vdisp a Vdisp power supply pin must also be chosen. VCC STBY t4U.com PDR DataShee *.com Vdisp Input control Input data Note: * Dotted lines indicate mask option. Figure 7-2 MOS Pull-Down Circuit Configuration .com H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-2 DataSheet 4 U .com 110 www..com 7.2 Port 0 7.2.1 Overview Port 0 is an 8-bit standard input-only port. Figure 7-3 shows the pin configuration. P0 7 /AN 7 (input) P0 6 /AN 6 (input) P0 5 /AN 5 (input) Port 0 P0 4 /AN 4 (input) P0 3 /AN 3 (input) P0 2 /AN 2 (input) P0 1 /AN 1 (input) t4U.com P0 0 /AN 0 (input) DataShee Figure 7-3 Port 0 Pin Configuration 7.2.2 Register Configuration and Description .com Table 7-5 shows the port 0 register configuration. Table 7-5 Port 0 Registers Name Port mode register 0 Port data register 0 Abbrev. PMR0 PDR0 R/W W R Initial Value H'00 -- Address H'FFEF H'FFD0 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-3 1. Bit Port mode register 0 (PMR0) 7 AN7 0 W 6 AN6 0 W 5 AN5 0 W 4 AN4 0 W 3 AN3 0 W 2 AN2 0 W 1 AN1 0 W 0 AN0 0 W Initial value Read/Write Each PMR0 bit designates whether the corresponding port 0 pin is to be used for general input or as an analog input channel to the A/D converter. .com Upon reset, PMR0 is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 111 www..com Bit n ANn 0 1 Explanation Pin P0n/ANn is used for general input. Pin P0n/ANn is an analog input channel. (n = 0 to 7) (initial value) 2. Bit Port data register 0 (PDR0) 7 PDR0 7 -- R 6 PDR0 6 -- R 5 PDR0 5 -- R 4 PDR0 4 -- R 3 PDR03 -- R 2 PDR0 2 -- R 1 PDR0 1 -- R 0 PDR0 0 -- R Initial value Read/Write When the corresponding bit in PMR0 is 0, the pin state can be read from PDR0. If the corresponding PMR0 bit is 1, PDR0 is read as 1. 7.2.3 Pin Functions t4U.com Table 7-6 gives the port 0 pin functions. Table 7-6 Port 0 Pin Functions Pin P07/AN7 to P00/AN0 Pin Functions and Selection Method Functions are switched as follows by means of bits AN7 to AN0 in PMR0. H8/300L '91 ANn 0 1 PDR0 Pin function P0n input pin ANn input pin DataShee .com 7.2.4 Pin States Table 7-7 shows the port 0 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-7 Port 0 Pin States Pins P07/AN7 to P00/AN0 Reset High impedance Sleep Previous state retained Standby High impedance Watch High impedance Subactive High impedance Active Normal operation .com DataSheet 4 U .com 112 www..com 7.3 Port 1 7.3.1 Overview Port 1 consists of four standard I/O pins, one standard input-only pin, and one high-voltage inputonly pin. Figure 7-4 shows the pin configuration. P17 /Vdisp P16 /EVENT Port 1 (high-voltage input or power supply) (input/input) P15 /IRQ5 /TMOE (IO/input/output) P14 /IRQ4 P11 /IRQ1 P10 /IRQ0 (IO/input) (IO/input) (IO/input) t4U.com Note: IO indicates input/output. DataShee Figure 7-4 Port 1 Pin Configuration 7.3.2 Register Configuration and Description .com Table 7-8 shows the port 1 register configuration. Table 7-8 Port 1 Registers Name Port mode register 1 Port control register 1 Port data register 1 Port mode register 4 Abbrev. PMR1 PCR1 PDR1 PMR4 R/W R/W W R/W R/W Initial Value H'0C H'CC Not fixed H'0F Address H'FFEB H'FFE1 H'FFD1 H'FFEE H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-4 1. Bit Port mode register 1 (PMR1) 7 NOISE CANCEL 6 EVENT 0 R/W 5 IRQC5 0 R/W 4 IRQC4 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IRQC1 0 R/W 0 IRQC0 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write 0 R/W .com DataSheet 4 U .com 113 www..com PMR1 is an 8-bit read/write register that controls the selection of pin functions for pins P16/EVENT , P15/IRQ5, P14/IRQ4, P11/IRQ1, and P10/IRQ0, and turns the IRQ0 noise cancellation function on and off. Upon reset, PMR1 is initialized to H'0C. Note: Before switching pin functions using bits IRQ5 to IRQ0 in PMR1, first disable the corresponding interrupts by clearing their interrupt enable bits. After the pin functions have been switched, issue any instruction, then clear the interrupt request flags to 0. For details see section 3.2.3 1, Port mode register (PMR1). Bit 7: Noise cancel (NOISE CANCEL) This bit turns the IRQ0 noise canceller function on and off. In standby, watch, and subactive modes the noise canceller function is off regardless of the setting of this bit. o t4U.c7 m Bit NOISE CANCEL 0 1 Explanation Noise canceller function is off. DataShee (initial value) Noise canceller function is on. Input is sampled at intervals of 256 states. If two consecutive input values do not match, noise is assumed. .com Bit 6: P16/EVENT pin function switch (EVENT) This bit selects whether pin P16/EVENT is used as P16 or as EVENT . Bit 6 EVENT 0 1 Explanation P16/EVENT pin functions as P16.* P16/EVENT pin functions as EVENT (timer D event input). (initial value) Note: * Even when pin P16/EVENT is used as P16, the timer D counter may increment when pin P16 is read. If timer D is used the counter must be cleared by means of the CLR bit in timer mode register D (TMD). Bit 5: P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin function switch (IRQC5) This bit selects whether pin P15/IRQ5/TMOE is used as P15/TMOE or as IRQ5. Bit 5 IRQC5 Explanation (initial value) .com 5/TMOE pin functions as P15/TMOE. 0 P15/IRQ 1 P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin functions for IRQ5 input. DataSheet 4 U .com 114 www..com Bit 4: P14/IRQ4 pin function switch (IRQC4) This bit selects whether pin P14/IRQ4 is used as P14 or as IRQ4. Bit 4 IRQC4 0 1 Explanation P14/IRQ4 pin functions as P14. P14/IRQ4 pin functions for IRQ4* input. (initial value) Note: * Rising or falling edge sensing can be designated for pin IRQ4. For details see 3.2.3 (2), IRQ edge select register (IEGR). Bits 3 and 2: Reserved bits Bits 3 and 2 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 1: P11/IRQ1 pin function switch (IRQC1) This bit selects whether pin P11/IRQ1 is used as P11 or as IRQ1. t4U.com Bit 1 IRQC1 0 1 Explanation P11/IRQ1 pin functions as P11. for IRQ1* input. P11/IRQ1 pin functions.com (initial value) DataShee Note: * Rising or falling edge sensing can be designated for pin IRQ1. For details see 3.2.3 (2), IRQ edge select register (IEGR). Bit 0: P10/IRQ0 pin function switch (IRQC0) This bit selects whether pin P10/IRQ0 is used as P10 or as IRQ0. Bit 0 IRQC0 0 1 Explanation P10/IRQ0 pin functions as P10. P10/IRQ0 pin functions for IRQ0* input. (initial value) Note: * Rising or falling edge sensing can be designated for pin IRQ0. For details see 3.2.3 (2), IRQ edge select register (IEGR). .com DataSheet 4 U .com 115 www..com 2. Port control register 1 (PCR1) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 PCR15 0 W 4 PCR14 0 W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 PCR11 0 W 0 PCR10 0 W PCR1 is an 8-bit register for controlling whether each of port 1 pins P15, P14, P11, and P10 functions as an input pin or output pin. Setting a PCR1 bit to 1 makes the corresponding pin an output pin, while clearing the bit to 0 makes the pin an input pin. Bits 7, 6, 3, and 2 are reserved bits that cannot be modified and always read 1. The settings in PCR1 and in PDR1 are valid when the affected pin is designated in PMR1 as a general I/O pin. Upon reset, PCR1 is initialized to H'CC. 3. Port t4U.com data register 1 (PDR1) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- --* -- 6 -- --* -- 5 PDR1 5 0 R/W 4 PDR14 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 PDR11 0 R/W H8/300L '91 PCR1 0 PDR10 0 R/W DataShee .com Note: * Pins P17 and P16 are for input only; reading PDR1 always gives the level of these pins. PDR1 is an 8-bit register that stores data for pins P15, P14, P11, and P10. If port 1 is read while PCR1 bits are set to 1, the values stored in PDR1 are read, regardless of the actual pin states. If port 1 is read while PCR1 bits are cleared to 0, the pin states are read. Bits 3 and 2 are reserved bits that cannot be modified and always read 1. H8/300L '91 PDR1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 116 www..com 4. Port mode register 4 (PMR4) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TEO 0 R/W 6 TEO ON 0 R/W 5 FREQ 0 R/W 4 VRFR 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- PMR4 is an 8-bit read/write register that switches the P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin function and controls TMOE pin waveform output. Bits 3 to 0 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Upon reset, PMR4 is initialized to H'0F. Bit 7: Timer E output select (TEO) Bit 6: Timer E output on/off (TEO ON) Bit 5: Fixed frequency select (FREQ) Bit 4: Variable frequency select (VRFR) t4U.comP1 /IRQ /TMOE pin functions are switched as follows, by means of bits 7 to 4 of PMR4 andtaShee H8/300L '91 Da bit 5 5 PMR4 IRQC5 of PMR1. PMR1 PMR4 Description Bit 5 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 IRQC5 TEO TEO ON FREQ 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 * 0 1 0 * * 0 .com VRFR Pin Function 0 * * 0 P15 pin P15 pin Bit 4 Pin State Standard I/O port (initial value) Standard I/O port TMOE output pin (off) Low level output TMOE output pin (on) Fixed frequency output: (/2048) 1.95 kHz ( = 4 MHz) 0.98 kHz ( = 2 MHz) TMOE output pin (on) Fixed frequency output: (/1024) 3.9 kHz ( = 4 MHz) 1.95 kHz ( = 2 MHz) TMOE output pin (on) Variable frequency output: toggled by timer E overflow IRQ5 input pin External interrupt input 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 * 1 * * * 1 * Note: * Don't care .com DataSheet 4 U .com 117 www..com 7.3.3 Pin Functions Table 7-9 shows the port 1 pin functions. Table 7-9 Port 1 Pin Functions Pin P17/Vdisp Pin Functions and Selection Method Selected by mask option P17 high-voltage input pin P16/EVENT Power supply for VFD driving (Vdisp) Function is switched as follows by EVENT bit in PMR1 EVENT Pin function 0 P16 input pin 1 EVENT input pin* Note: Timer D event input P15/IRQ5/TMOE, P14/IRQ4, t4U.com , P11/IRQ1 P10/IRQ0 Function is switched as follows by bits IRQC5, IRQC4, IRQC1, and IRQC0* in PMR1 and bit n in PCR1 PMR1 PCR1n Pin function 0 0 1 1 -- IRQn input pin DataShee P1n input pin P1n output pin Notes: 1. Before switching pin functions using bits IRQC5, IRQC4, IRQC1, and IRQC0 in PMR1, first disable the corresponding interrupts by clearing their interrupt enable bits. After the pin functions have been switched, issue any instruction, then clear the interrupt request flags to 0. For details see section 3.2.3 (1), Port mode register (PMR1). 2. Before entering power-down mode, pins set to external interrupt input by bits IRQC5, IRQC4, IRQC1, and IRQC0 in PMR1, should be kept from floating by external connection, or should be switched to general I/O in PMR1 prior to the state transition. 3. For details on the TMOE function, refer to section 7.3.2 (4), Port mode register 4 (PMR4). IRQ4, IRQ1, and IRQ0 input can be set for either rising edge or falling edge detection by register IEGR. For details, refer to section 3.2.3 (2), IRQ edge select register (IEGR). IRQ0 and IRQ1 can be used as event input pins for timer B and timer C, respectively. For details, refer to section 8, Timers. .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 118 www..com 7.3.4 Pin States Table 7-10 shows the port 1 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-10 Port 1 Pin States Pins P17/Vdisp Reset High impedance or Vdisp High impedance or pulled up Sleep Standby Watch High impedance or Vdisp High impedance Subactive High impedance or Vdisp High impedance Active Normal operation or Vdisp Normal operation High High impedance impedance or Vdisp or Vdisp Previous state retained High impedance P16/EVENT, P15/IRQ5/ TMOE, P14/IRQ4, P11/IRQ1, P10/IRQ0 t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 119 www..com 7.4 Port 4 7.4.1 Overview Port 4 is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Figure 7-5 shows the pin configuration. P47 /FS 23 (IO/output) P46 /FS 22 (IO/output) P45 /FS 21 (IO/output) Port 4 P44 /FS 20 (IO/output) P43 /FS 19 (IO/output) P42 /FS 18 (IO/output) P41 /FS 17 (IO/output) t4U.com P40 /FS 16 (IO/output) DataShee Note: IO indicates input/output. Figure 7-5 Port 4 Pin Configuration .com 7.4.2 Register Configuration and Description Table 7-11 shows the port 4 register configuration. Table 7-11 Port 4 Registers Name Port data register 4 Abbrev. PDR4 R/W R/W Initial Value H'00 Address H'FFD4 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-6 1. Bit Port data register 4 (PDR4) 7 PDR4 7 0 R/W 6 PDR4 6 0 R/W 5 PDR4 5 0 R/W 4 PDR44 0 R/W 3 PDR4 3 0 R/W 2 PDR4 2 0 R/W 1 PDR4 1 0 R/W 0 PDR4 0 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write PDR4 is an 8-bit register for storing the data of port 4 pins P47 to P40. Upon reset, PDR4 .com is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 120 www..com 7.4.3 Pin Functions Table 7-12 shows the port 4 pin functions. Table 7-12 Port 4 Pin Functions Pin P47/FS23 to P40/FS16 Pin Functions and Selection Method After designation of the segment pins to be used in bits SR4 to SR0 of the VFD segment control register (VFSR), bit VFDE in the digit beginning register (DBR) is set to 1 and VFD controller/driver operation is started. During key scan intervals, pins designated for segment output can be used by the CPU as general-purpose ports. Even while the VFD controller/driver is operating, it is possible to switch segment pins to general-purpose ports by writing 0 in the VFLAG bit of VFSR. VFLAG Pin function 0 Pins P47 to P40 are all general-purpose I/O pins. 1 t4U.com Pins designated by bits SR4 to SR0 are segment output pins.* Other pins hee are for general I/O. DataS Note: * When a pin functioning as a segment output pin is read, the value of the corresponding bit in PDR4 is read. 7.4.4 Pin States .com Table 7-13 shows the port 4 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-13 Port 4 Pin States Pins P47/FS23 to P40/FS16 Reset Sleep Standby Watch Subactive Active High Previous impedance or state pulled down retained High High High Normal impedance or impedance or impedance or operation pulled down pulled down pulled down .com DataSheet 4 U .com 121 www..com 7.5 Port 5 7.5.1 Overview Port 5 is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Figure 7-6 shows the pin configuration. P57 /FS8 (IO/output) P56 /FS9 (IO/output) P55 /FS10 (IO/output) Port 5 P54 /FS11 (IO/output) P53 /FS12 (IO/output) P52 /FS13 (IO/output) P51 /FS14 (IO/output) t4U.com P50 /FS15 (IO/output) DataShee Note: IO indicates input/output. Figure 7-6 .com Port 5 Pin Configuration 7.5.2 Register Configuration and Description Table 7-14 shows the port 5 register configuration. Table 7-14 Port 5 Registers Name Port data register 5 Abbrev. PDR5 R/W R/W Initial Value H'00 Address H'FFD5 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-7 1. Bit Port data register 5 (PDR5) 7 PDR5 7 0 R/W 6 PDR5 6 0 R/W 5 PDR5 5 0 R/W 4 PDR54 0 R/W 3 PDR5 3 0 R/W 2 PDR5 2 0 R/W 1 PDR5 1 0 R/W 0 PDR5 0 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write PDR5 is an 8-bit register for storing the data of port 5 pins P57 to P50. .com Upon reset, PDR5 is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 122 www..com 7.5.3 Pin Functions Table 7-15 shows the port 5 pin functions. Table 7-15 Port 5 Pin Functions Pin P57/FS8 to P50/FS15 Pin Functions and Selection Method After designation of the segment pins to be used in bits SR4 to SR0 of the VFD segment control register (VFSR), bit VFDE in the digit beginning register (DBR) is set to 1 and VFD controller/driver operation is started. During key scan intervals, pins designated for segment output can be used by the CPU as general-purpose ports. Even while the VFD controller/driver is operating, it is possible to switch segment pins to general-purpose ports by writing 0 in the VFLAG bit of VFSR. VFLAG Pin function 0 Pins P57 to P50 are all general-purpose I/O pins. 1 t4U.com Pins designated by bits SR4 to SR0 are segment output pins.* Other pins hee are for general I/O. DataS Note: * When a pin functioning as a segment output pin is read, the value of the corresponding bit in PDR5 is read. 7.5.4 Pin States .com Table 7-16 shows the port 5 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-16 Port 5 Pin States Pins P57/FS8 to P50/FS15 Reset Sleep Standby Watch Subactive Active High Previous impedance or state pulled down retained High High High Normal impedance or impedance or impedance or operation pulled down pulled down pulled down .com DataSheet 4 U .com 123 www..com 7.6 Port 6 7.6.1 Overview Port 6 is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Figure 7-7 shows the pin configuration. P6 7 /FD7 /FS0 (IO/output/output) P6 6 /FD6 /FS1 (IO/output/output) P6 5 /FD5 /FS2 (IO/output/output) Port 6 P6 4 /FD4 /FS3 (IO/output/output) P6 3 /FD3 /FS4 (IO/output/output) P6 2 /FD2 /FS5 (IO/output/output) P6 1 /FD1 /FS6 (IO/output/output) t4U.com P6 0 /FD0 /FS7 (IO/output/output) DataShee Note: IO indicates input/output. Figure 7-7 Port 6 Pin Configuration .com 7.6.2 Register Configuration and Description Table 7-17 shows the port 6 register configuration. Table 7-17 Port 6 Registers Name Port data register 6 Abbrev. PDR6 R/W R/W Initial Value H'00 Address H'FFD6 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-8 1. Bit Port data register 6 (PDR6) 7 PDR6 7 0 R/W 6 PDR6 6 0 R/W 5 PDR6 5 0 R/W 4 PDR64 0 R/W 3 PDR6 3 0 R/W 2 PDR6 2 0 R/W 1 PDR6 1 0 R/W 0 PDR6 0 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write PDR6 is an 8-bit register for storing the data of port 6 pins P67 to P60. .com Upon reset, PDR6 is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 124 www..com 7.6.3 Pin Functions Table 7-18 shows the port 6 pin functions. Table 7-18 Port 6 Pin Functions Pin P67/FD7/FS0 to P60/FD0/FS7 Pin Functions and Selection Method After designation of the digit pins and segment pins to be used in bits DR3 to DR0 of the VFD digit control register (VFDR), bits SR4 to SR0 of the VFD segment control register (VFSR), and bits DBR3 to DBR0 of the digit beginning register (DBR), bit VFDE in DBR is set to 1 and VFD controller/driver operation is started. During key scan intervals, pins designated for digit or segment output can be used by the CPU as general-purpose ports. Even while the VFD controller/driver is operating, it is possible to switch digit pins or segment pins to general-purpose ports by writing 0 in the VFLAG bit of VFSR. VFLAG Pin function 0 Pins P67 to P60 are all general-purpose I/O pins. 1 t4U.com Pins are designated as digit output pins,* segment hee D output pins,* or general ataS I/O pins by bits DR3 to DR0, SR4 to SR0, and DBR3 to DBR0. Note: * When.com a digit output pin or segment output pin is a pin functioning as read, the value of the corresponding bit in PDR6 is read. 7.6.4 Pin States Table 7-19 shows the port 6 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-19 Port 6 Pin States Pins P67/FD7/ FS0 to P60/FD0/ FS7 Reset Sleep Standby Watch Subactive Active High Previous impedance or state pulled down retained High High High Normal impedance or impedance or impedance or operation pulled down pulled down pulled down .com DataSheet 4 U .com 125 www..com 7.7 Port 7 7.7.1 Overview Port 7 is an 8-bit high-voltage I/O port. Figure 7-8 shows the pin configuration. P77 /FD15 (IO/output) P76 /FD14 (IO/output) P75 /FD13 (IO/output) Port 7 P74 /FD12 (IO/output) P73 /FD11 (IO/output) P72 /FD10 (IO/output) P71 /FD9 (IO/output) t4U.com P70 /FD8 (IO/output) DataShee Note: IO indicates input/output. Figure 7-8 .com Port 7 Pin Configuration 7.7.2 Register Configuration and Description Table 7-20 shows the port 7 register configuration. Table 7-20 Port 7 Registers Name Port data register 7 Abbrev. PDR7 R/W R/W Initial Value H'00 Address H'FFD7 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-9 1. Bit Port data register 7 (PDR7) 7 PDR7 7 0 R/W 6 PDR7 6 0 R/W 5 PDR7 5 0 R/W 4 PDR74 0 R/W 3 PDR7 3 0 R/W 2 PDR7 2 0 R/W 1 PDR7 1 0 R/W 0 PDR7 0 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write PDR7 is an 8-bit register for storing the data of port 7 pins P77 to P70. .com Upon reset, PDR7 is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 126 www..com 7.7.3 Pin Functions Table 7-21 shows the port 7 pin functions. Table 7-21 Port 7 Pin Functions Pin P77/FD15 to P70/FD8 Pin Functions and Selection Method After designation of the digit pins to be used, in bits DR3 to DR0 of the VFD digit control register (VFDR), bit VFDE in the digit beginning register (DBR) is set to 1 and VFD controller/driver operation is started. Even while the VFD controller/driver is operating, it is possible to switch digit pins to generalpurpose ports by writing 0 in the VFLAG bit of VFSR. VFLAG Pin function 0 Pins P77 to P70 are all general-purpose I/O pins. 1 Pins designated by bits DR3 to DR0 are digit output pins.* Other pins are for general I/O. t4U.com Note: * When a pin functioning as a digit output pin is read, the value Dathe he of taS corresponding bit in PDR7 is read. e 7.7.4 Pin States .com Table 7-22 shows the port 7 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-22 Port 7 Pin States Pins P77/FD15 to P70/FD8 Reset Sleep Standby Watch Subactive Active High Previous impedance or state pulled down retained High High High Normal impedance or impedance or impedance or operation pulled down pulled down pulled down .com DataSheet 4 U .com 127 www..com 7.8 Port 9 7.8.1 Overview Port 9 is an 8-bit standard I/O port. Figure 7-9 shows the pin configuration. P97 /UD P96 /SO 2 (IO/input) (IO/output) P95 /SI 2 /CS (IO/input/output) Port 9 P94 /SCK 2 (IO/IO) P93 /SO1 P92 /SI1 P91 /SCK1 (IO/output) (IO/input) (IO/IO) (IO/output) t4U.com P90 /PWM DataShee Note: IO indicates input/output. Figure 7-9 Port 9 Pin Configuration .com 7.8.2 Register Configuration and Description Table 7-23 shows the port 9 register configuration. Table 7-23 Port 9 Registers Name Port mode register 2 Port control register 9 Port data register 9 Abbrev. PMR2 PCR9 PDR9 R/W R/W W R/W Initial Value H'00 H'00 H'00 Address H'FFEC H'FFE9 H'FFD9 H8/300L '91 Fig. 7-11 1. Bit Port mode register 2 (PMR2) 7 UP/ DOWN 6 SO2 0 R/W 5 SI2 0 R/W 4 SCK2 0 R/W 3 SO1 0 R/W 2 SI1 0 R/W 1 SCK1 0 R/W 0 PWM 0 R/W Initial value Read/Write 0 R/W PMR2 is an 8-bit .com read/write register, controlling the selection of port 9 pin functions. Upon reset, PMR2 is initialized to H'00. DataSheet 4 U .com 128 www..com Bit 7: P97/UD pin function switch (UP/DOWN) This bit selects whether pin P97/UD is used for general-purpose I/O or for timer C up/down control input. Up/down control input (UD) is valid only when bit TMC6 = 1 in timer mode register C (TMC). Bit 7 UP/DOWN 0 1 Description P97/UD pin functions for P97 input/output. (initial value) P97/UD pin functions for UD input. If bit TMC6 in TMC is set to 1, then when the UD input is high, timer C counts down, and when UD is low, timer C counts up. Bit 6: P96/SO2 pin function switch (SO2) This bit selects whether pin P96/SO2 functions as the P96 I/O pin or the SO2 output pin. Bit 6 SO2 0 1 Description P96/SO2 pin functions for P96 input/output. P96/SO2 pin functions for SO2 output. t4U.com DataSh (initial value) ee Bit 5: P95/SI2/CS pin function switch (SI2) .com This bit selects whether pin P95/SI2/CS functions as the P95 I/O pin or the SI2 input/CS output pin. For the switching between SI2 input and CS output see 11.2.5, Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3). Bit 5 SI2 0 1 Description P95/SI2/CS pin functions for P95 input/output. P95/SI2/CS pin functions for SI2 input or CS output. (initial value) Bit 4: P94/SCK2 pin function switch (SCK2) This bit selects whether pin P94/SCK2 functions as the P94 I/O pin or the SCK2 I/O pin. Bit 4 SCK2 0 1 Description P94/SCK2 pin functions for P94 input/output. (initial value) P94/SCK2 pin functions for SCK2 input/output. The clock input/output direction and the divider ratio are set in serial mode register 2 (SMR2). .com DataSheet 4 U .com 129 www..com Bit 3: P93/SO1 pin function switch (SO1) This bit selects whether pin P93/SO1 functions as the P93 I/O pin or the SO1 output pin. Bit 3 SO1 0 1 Description P93/SO1 pin functions for P93 input/output. P93/SO1 pin functions for SO1 output. (initial value) Bit 2: P92/SI1 pin function switch (SI1) This bit selects whether pin P92/SI1 functions as the P92 I/O pin or the SI1 input pin. Bit 2 SI1 0 1 Description P92/SI1 pin functions for P92 input/output. P92/SI1 pin functions for SI1 input. (initial value) t4U.com Bit 1: P91/SCK1 pin function switch (SCK1) This bit selects whether pin P91/SCK1 functions as the P94 I/O pin or the SCK1 I/O pin. Bit 1 SCK1 0 1 Description DataShee .com (initial value) P91/SCK1 pin functions for P91 input/output. P91/SCK1 pin functions for SCK1 input/output. The clock input/output direction and the divider ratio are set in serial mode register 1 (SMR1). Bit 0: P90/PWM pin function switch (PWM) This bit selects whether pin P90/PWM pin functions as the P90 I/O pin or the PWM output pin. Bit 0 PWM 0 1 Description P90/PWM pin functions for P90 input/output. P90/PWM pin functions for PWM output. (initial value) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 130 www..com 2. Port control register 9 (PCR9) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PCR9 7 0 W 6 PCR9 6 0 W 5 PCR95 0 W 4 PCR94 0 W 3 PCR93 0 W 2 PCR92 0 W 1 PCR91 0 W 0 PCR90 0 W PCR9 is an 8-bit register for controlling whether each of port 9 pins P97 to P90 functions as an input or output pin. Setting a PCR9 bit to 1 makes the corresponding pin an output pin, while clearing the bit to 0 makes the pin an input pin. The settings in PCR9 and PDR9 are valid when the affected pin is designated in PMR2 as a general-purpose I/O pin. PCR9 is a write-only register, which always reads as all 1. Upon reset, PCR9 is initialized to H'00. 3. Bit Port data register 9 (PDR9) 7 PDR9 7 0 R/W 6 PDR9 6 0 R/W 5 PDR9 5 0 R/W 4 PDR94 0 R/W 3 PDR9 3 0 R/W 2 PDR9 2 0 R/W 1 PDR9 1 0 R/W 0 t4U.com Initial value Read/Write PDR9 0Shee H8/300L '91 Data PCR9 0 R/W PDR9 is an 8-bit register that stores data for port 9 pins P97 to P90. If port 9 is read while PCR9 .com bits are set to 1, the values stored in PDR9 are read, regardless of the actual pin states. If port 9 is read while PCR9 bits are cleared to 0, the pin states are read. Upon reset, PDR9 is initialized to H'00. H8/300L '91 PDR9 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 131 www..com 7.8.3 Pin Functions Table 7-24 shows the port 9 pin functions. Table 7-24 Port 9 Pin Functions Pin P97/UD Pin Functions and Selection Method Functions are switched as follows by means of the UP/DOWN bit* in PMR2 and bit PCR97 in PCR9. UP/DOWN PCR97 Pin function 0 0 1 1 -- UD input pin P97 input pin P97 output pin t4U.com P96/SO2* Note: * Before entering power-down mode, if this pin is set to UD input by the UP/DOWN bit in PMR2, it should be kept from floating by external connection or should be set to general I/O use by clearing the UP/DOWN bit to 0 prior to the state transition. Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SO2 in PMR2 and bit PCR96 in PCR9. SO2 PCR96 Pin function 0 0 1 .com P96 input pin P96 output pin 1 -- SO2 output pin DataShee Note: * The PMOS buffer transistor of pin P96/SO2 can be enabled or disabled by the SO2PMOS bit in PMR3. For details see 11.2.5, Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3). P95/SI2/ CS Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SI2 in PMR2,* bit CS in PMR3, and bit PCR95 in PCR9. SI2 CS PCR95 Pin function 0 0 -- 1 0 -- 1 1 -- P95 input pin P95 output pin SI2 input pin CS output pin Note: * Before entering power-down mode, if this pin is set to SI2 input by bit SI2 in PMR2, it should be kept from floating by external connection or should be set to general I/O use by clearing bit SI2 to 0 prior to the state transition. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 132 www..com Table 7-24 Port 9 Pin Functions (cont) Pin P94/SCK2 Pin Functions and Selection Method Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SCK2* in PMR2, bits PS1 and PS0* in serial control register 2 (SCR2), and bit PCR94 in PCR9. SCK2 PS1, 0 PCR94 Pin function 0 0 -- 1 Not 11 -- 1 11 -- P94 input pin P94 output pin SCK2 output pin SCK2 input pin Note: * Before entering power-down mode, if this pin is set to SCK2 input by bit SCK2 in PMR2 and bits PS1 and PS0 in SCR2, it should be kept from floating by external connection, or else should be set to some other use by changing bits SCK2 and bits PS1 and PS0 prior to the state transition. t4U.com P93/SO1* For the settings of bits PS1 and PS0 in SCR2, see 11.2.3, Serial Control Register 2 (SCR2). Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SO1 in PMR2 and bit PCR93 in PCR9. SO1 PCR93 Pin function 0 1 1 -- SO1 output pin DataShee .com 0 P93 input pin P93 output pin Note: * The PMOS buffer transistor of pin P93/SO1 can be enabled or disabled by the SO1PMOS bit in PMR3. For details see 10.2.6, Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3). P92/SI1 Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SI1* in PMR2 and bit PCR92 in PCR9. SI1 PCR92 Pin function 0 0 1 1 -- SI1 input pin P92 input pin P92 output pin Note: * Before entering power-down mode, if this pin is set to SI1 input by bit SI1 in PMR2, it should be kept from floating by external connection or should be set to general I/O use by clearing bit SI1 to 0 prior to the state transition. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 133 www..com Table 7-24 Port 9 Pin Functions (cont) Pin P91/SCK1 Pin Functions and Selection Method Functions are switched as follows by means of bit SCK1 in PMR2,* bits SMR13 to SMR10 in serial mode register 1 (SMR1)*, and bit PCR91 in PCR9. SCK1 SMR13 to 10 PCR91 Pin function 0 0 -- 1 Not 1111 -- 1 1111 -- P91 input pin P91 output pin SCK1 output pin SCK1 input pin Note: * Before entering power-down mode, if this pin is set to SCK1 input by bit SCK1 in PMR2 and bits SMR13 to SMR10 in SMR1, it should be kept from floating by external connection, or else should be set to some other use by changing the SCK1 bit or bits SMR13 to SMR10 prior to the state transition. t4U.com P90/PWM For the settings of bits SMR13 to SMR10 in SMR1, see 10.2.1, Serial Mode Register 1 (SMR1). Functions are switched as follows by means of bit PWM in PMR2 and bit PCR90 in PCR9. PWM PCR90 Pin function 0 1 -- PWM output pin DataShee .com 0 1 P90 input pin P90 output pin 7.8.4 Pin States Table 7-25 shows the port 9 pin states in each operating mode. Table 7-25 Port 9 Pin States Pins P97/UD, P96/SO2, P95/SI2/CS, P94/SCK2, P93/SO1, P92/SI1, P91/SCK1, P90/PWM Reset Sleep Standby High impedance Watch High impedance Subactive High impedance Active Normal operation High Previous impedance or state pulled up retained .com DataSheet 4 U .com 134 www..com Section 8 Timers 8.1 Overview The H8/3714 Series provides on-chip two prescalers (prescaler S and prescaler W) with different input clocks, and five timers (timers A through E). Prescaler S is a 13-bit counter clocked by the system clock ( = fOSC/2). Its prescaled outputs are used by timers A to C and timer E. Prescaler W is a 5-bit counter clocked by the subclock (SUB = fX/8). Its prescaled output is used for time-base operation by timer A. Table 8-1 outlines the functions of timers A through E. Table 8-1 Timer A to E Functions t4U.comName Functions Operating Clock (internal) Event Input Pin Waveform Output Pin -- -- Remarks Shee Data -- -- Timer A * 8-bit interval timer * Time base /8 to /8192 -- (choice of 8 sources) SUB/32 (choice of 4 overflow .com periods) Timer B * 8-bit reloadable timer * Interval timer * Event counter Timer C * 8-bit reloadable timer * Interval timer * Event counter * Choice of up- or down-counting Timer D * 8-bit event counter Timer E * 8-bit reloadable timer * Interval timer /8 to /8192 P10/IRQ0 (choice of 7 sources) -- -- /8 to /8192 P11/IRQ1 (choice of 7 sources) -- Counting direction can be controlled by software or hardware. -- Can output square wave with 50% duty cycle -- P16/EVENT -- P15/IRQ5/ TMOE /8 to /8192 -- (choice of 8 sources) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 135 www..com 8.1.1 Prescaler Operation 1. Prescaler S (PSS) Prescaler S is a 13-bit counter using the system clock ( = fOSC/2) as its input clock. Each input clock cycle causes prescaler S to increment once. Prescaler S is initialized to H'0000 by a reset, and starts counting upon return to active mode. In standby mode, watch mode, and subactive mode, the system clock () pulse generator stops, so prescaler S also stops functioning. Its value is reset to H'0000. The CPU cannot read or write prescaler S data. The output from prescaler S is shared by timers A to C and E as well as serial communication interfaces 1 and 2. The frequency division ratio can be set separately for each on-chip peripheral function. t4U.com 2. Prescaler W (PSW) Prescaler W is a 5-bit counter using the subclock (SUB = fX/8) as its input clock. Prescaler W is initialized to H'00 by a reset, and starts counting upon return to active mode. DataShee .com Even in standby mode, watch mode, or subactive mode, prescaler W continues functioning so long as clock signals are supplied to pins X1 and X2. Prescaler W can be reset by setting bits TMA3 and TMA2 to 1 in timer mode register A (TMA). The output from prescaler W can be used as the clock source for timer A, in which case timer A functions as a time base. Figure 8-1 shows the clock signals supplied by prescalers S and W to peripheral modules. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 136 www..com /2 to /8192 OSC1 OSC2 System f OSC clock pulse generator System clock divider 1/2 Prescaler S Timers A to C and E; serial communication interfaces 1 and 2 SUB /32 X1 X2 Subclock pulse generator fX Subclock SUB divider 1/8 Prescaler W Timer A t4U.com System clock selection (LSON bit in system control register 1) CPU, ROM, RAM, registers, flags, I/O DataShee Figure 8-1 Clock Supply .com H8/300L '91 Fig. 8-1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 137 www..com 8.2 Timer A 8.2.1 Overview Timer A is an 8-bit interval timer. It can be connected to a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator for use as a real-time clock time base. 1. Features Features of timer A are given below. * Choice of eight internal clock sources (/8192, /4096, /2048, /512, /256, /128, /32, /8). Choice of four overflow periods (2 s, 1 s, 0.5 s, 125 ms) when timer A is used as a time base (using a 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator). * * An interrupt is requested when the counter overflows. t4U.com 2. Block diagram Figure 8-2 shows a block diagram of timer A. DataShee .com 32 kHz crystal oscillator 1/8 SUB SUB/32 TCA /8192, /4096, /2048 /512, /256, /128, /32, /8 System clock 1/2 Note: * Can be selected only when the input clock to TCA is the output from prescaler W ( SUB/32). Prescaler S (PSS) /128 /256 /16 /64 Interval timer overflow IRRTA Notation: TMA: Timer mode register A TCA: Timer counter A IRRTA: Timer A .com overflow interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 2) Figure 8-2 Block Diagram of Timer A DataSheet 4 U .com 138 Internal data bus Prescaler W (PSW) TMA www..com 3. Register configuration Table 8-2 shows the register configuration of timer A. Table 8-2 Timer A Registers Name Timer mode register A Timer counter A Abbrev. TMA TCA R/W R/W R Initial Value H'F0 H'00 Address H'FFC0 H'FFC1 8.2.2 Register Descriptions 1. Bit Initial value Timer mode register A (TMA) 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 TMA3 0 R/W 2 TMA2 0 R/W 1 TMA1 0 R/W 0 TMA0 0 t4U.com Read/Write R/W Shee Data TMA is an 8-bit read/write register for selecting the prescaler and input clock. Upon reset, TMA is initialized to H'F0. Bits 7 to 4: Reserved bits .com Bits 7 to 4 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 3: Prescaler select (TMA3) Bit 3 selects either prescaler S or prescaler W as the clock input source for timer A. Bit 3 TMA3 0 1 Description Prescaler S (PSS) is clock input source for timer A. Prescaler W (PSW) is clock input source for timer A. H8/300L '91 TMA (initial value) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 139 www..com Bits 2 to 0: Clock select (TMA2 to TMA0) Bits 2 to 0 select the clock input to TCA. The selection is made as follows by the combination of these bits and bit TMA3. Bit 3 TMA3 Bit 2 TMA2 Bit 1 TMA1 Bit 0 TMA0 Description Prescaler divider ratio (interval timer) or overflow period (time base) 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 PSS, /8192 (initial value) PSS, /4096 PSS, /2048 PSS, /512 PSS, /256 PSS, /128 PSS, /32 PSS, 8 PSW, 2 s PSW, 1 s PSW,.com 0.5 s PSW, 125 ms PSW and TCA are reset Time-base mode Operation mode Interval timer mode t4U.com 1 0 1 0 1 DataShee 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Note: = fOSC/2 0 1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 140 www..com 2. Timer counter A (TCA) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCA7 0 R 6 TCA6 0 R 5 TCA5 0 R 4 TCA4 0 R 3 TCA3 0 R 2 TCA2 0 R 1 TCA1 0 R 0 TCA0 0 R TCA is an 8-bit read-only up-counter, which is incremented by internal clock input. The clock source for input to this counter is selected by bits TMA3 to TMA0 in timer mode register A (TMA). The TCA value can be read by the CPU at any time. TCA is cleared by setting bits TMA3 and TMA2 of TMA to 1. When TCA overflows, the IRRTA bit in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. Upon reset, TCA is initialized to H'00. 8.2.3 Timer Operation t4U.com H8/300L hee DataS '91 Timer A is an 8-bit timer which can be used either as an interval timer or, if a 32.768 kHz crystal TCA oscillator is connected, as a real-time clock time base. 1. Interval timer operation .com When bit TMA3 in timer mode register A (TMA) is cleared to 0, timer A functions as an 8-bit interval timer. Upon reset, TCA is cleared to H'00 and bit TMA3 is cleared to 0, so up-counting and interval timing resume immediately after the reset. The clock input to timer A is selected by bits TMA2 to TMA0 in TMA; any of eight internal clock signals output by prescaler S can be selected. After the count value in TCA reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer A to overflow, setting bit IRRTA to 1 in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2). If IENTA = 1 in interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2), a CPU interrupt is requested.* At overflow, TCA returns to H'00 and starts counting up again. In this mode timer A functions as an interval timer that generates an overflow output at intervals of 256 input clock pulses. Note: * For details on interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 141 www..com 2. Real-time clock time base operation When bit TMA3 in TMA is set to 1, timer A functions as a time base for a real-time clock by counting clock signals output by prescaler W. The overflow period of timer A is set by bits TMA1 and TMA0 in TMA. A choice of four periods is available. 3. Count initialization When bits TMA3 and TMA2 are both set to 1, PSW and TCA are initialized (cleared to 0 and stopped). From this initialized state, if bit TMA3 is left set to 1 and bit TMA2 is cleared to 0, timer A begins counting from 0 in time base mode. From the initialized state, if bit TMA3 is cleared to 0, timer A begins counting from 0 in interval timer mode. (Bit TMA2 can be either set or cleared.) However, since prescaler S (PSS) has not been initialized, the time between clearing bit TMA3 to 0 and the first count will .com vary. t4U DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 142 www..com 8.3 Timer B 8.3.1 Overview Timer B is an 8-bit up-counter that increments each time a clock pulse is input. This timer has two operation modes, interval and auto reload. 1. Features Features of timer B are given below. * Choice of seven internal clock sources (/8192, /2048, /512, /256, /128, /32, /8) or an external clock (can be used to count external events). An interrupt is requested when the counter overflows. * 2. Block diagram Figure 8-3 shows a block diagram of timer B. t4U.com DataShee TMB .com Internal data bus IRRTB Prescaler S (13 bits) TCB IRQ 0 TLB Notation: TMB: Timer mode register B TCB: Timer counter B TLB: Timer load register B IRRTB: Timer B overflow interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 2) Figure 8-3 Block Diagram of Timer B .com DataSheet 4 U .com 143 www..com 3. Pin configuration Table 8-3 shows the timer B pin configuration. Table 8-3 Pin Configuration Name Event input pin Abbrev. P10/IRQ0 I/O Input Function Timer B event input 4. Register configuration Table 8-4 shows the register configuration of timer B. Table 8-4 Timer B Registers Name Timer mode register B Timer counter B t4U.com Timer load register B Abbrev. TMB TCB TLB R/W R/W R W Initial Value H'78 H'00 H'00 Address H'FFC2 H'FFC3 H'FFC3 DataShee 8.3.2 Register Descriptions 1. Bit Initial value Read/Write Timer mode register B (TMB) 7 TMB7 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- .com 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 TMB2 0 R/W 1 TMB1 0 R/W 0 TMB0 0 R/W TMB is an 8-bit read/write register for selecting the auto-reload function and input clock. Upon reset, TMB is initialized to H'78. Bit 7: Auto-reload function select (TMB7) Bit 7 selects the auto-reload function of timer B. Bit 7 TMB7 0 1 Description Interval timer function selected. Auto-reload function selected. (initial value) H8/300L '91 TMB .com DataSheet 4 U .com 144 www..com Bits 6 to 3: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 3 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 2 to 0: Clock select (TMB2 to TMB0) Bits 2 to 0 select the clock input to TCB. For external clock counting, either the rising or falling edge can be selected. Bit 2 TMB2 0 0 0 0 1 Bit 1 TMB1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 TMB0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Description Internal clock: /8192. Internal clock: /2048. Internal clock: /512. Internal clock: /256. Internal clock: /128. Internal clock: /32. Internal clock: /8. External clock (P10/IRQ0): rising or falling edge.* (initial value) t4U.com1 1 1 DataShee Note: * The edge of the external event signal is selected by bit IEG0 in the IRQ edge select register (IEGR). For details see 3.2.3 (2), IRQ edge select register (IEGR). .com 5 TCB5 0 R 4 TCB4 0 R 2. Bit Timer counter B (TCB) 7 TCB7 0 R 6 TCB6 0 R 3 TCB3 0 R 2 TCB2 0 R 1 TCB1 0 R 0 TCB0 0 R Initial value Read/Write TCB is an 8-bit read-only up-counter, which is incremented by internal or external clock input. The clock source for input to this counter is selected by bits TMB2 to TMB0 in timer mode register B (TMB). The TCB value can be read by the CPU at any time. When TCB overflows from H'FF to H'00 or to the value set in TLB, the IRRTB bit in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. TCB is allocated to the same address as timer load register B (TLB). Upon reset, TCB is initialized to H'00. .com H8/300L '91 TCB DataSheet 4 U .com 145 www..com 3. Timer load register B (TLB) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLB7 0 W 6 TLB6 0 W 5 TLB5 0 W 4 TLB4 0 W 3 TLB3 0 W 2 TLB2 0 W 1 TLB1 0 W 0 TLB0 0 W TLB is an 8-bit write-only register for setting the reload value of timer counter B (TCB). When a reload value is set in TLB, the same value is loaded into timer counter B (TCB) as well, and TCB starts counting up from that value. When TCB overflows during operation in autoreload mode, the TLB value is loaded in TCB. Accordingly, overflow periods can be set within the range of 1 to 256 input clocks. The same address is allocated to TLB as to TCB. Upon reset, TLB is initialized to H'00. 8.3.3 Timer Operation t4U.com H8/300L DataShee '91 Timer B is an 8-bit multifunction timer. It can be used as an interval timer, an auto-reload timer, TMC or an event counter. (Event counting requires an input pin setting.) 1. Timer B operation modes Timer B is an 8-bit up-counter which.com time a clock pulse is input. The is incremented each two operation modes, interval and auto-reload, are explained below. * Interval timer operation When bit TMB7 in timer mode register B (TMB) is cleared to 0, timer B functions as an 8-bit interval timer. Upon reset, TCB is cleared to H'00 and bit TMB7 is cleared to 0, so up-counting and interval timing resume immediately after the reset. The clock input to timer B is selected from seven internal clock signals output by prescaler S, or an external clock input at pin P10/IRQ0. The selection is made by bits TMB2 to TMB0 of TMB. After the count value in TCB reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer B to overflow, setting bit IRRTB to 1 in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2). If IENTB = 1 in interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2), a CPU interrupt is requested.* At overflow, TCB returns to H'00 and starts counting up again. During interval timer operation (TMB7 = 0), when a value is set in timer load register B (TLB), the same value is set in TCB. .com Note: * For details on interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. DataSheet 4 U .com 146 www..com * Auto-reload timer operation Setting bit TMB7 in TMB to 1 causes timer B to function as an 8-bit auto-reload timer. When a reload value is set in TLB, the same value is loaded into TCB, becoming the value from which TCB starts its count. After the count value in TCB reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer B to overflow. The TLB value is then loaded into TCB, and the count continues from that value. The overflow period can be set within a range from 1 to 256 input clocks, depending on the TLB value. The clock sources and interrupts in auto-reload mode are the same as for interval mode. In auto-reload mode (bit TMB7 = 1), setting a new TLB value also initializes TCB. 2. Operation on external clock t4U.com Timer B can operate on an external clock input as an event signal at pin P10/IRQ0. External clock operation is selected by setting bits TMB2 to TMB0 in timer mode register B toDataShee all 1's (111). TCB can count either rising or falling edges of the input at pin P10/IRQ0. When timer B is used to count external event input, bit IRQC0 in port mode register 1 (PMR1) should be set to 1, and bit IEN0 in interrupt enable register 1 (IENR1) should be .com cleared to 0 to disable IRQ0 interrupt requests. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 147 www..com 8.4 Timer C 8.4.1 Overview Timer C is an 8-bit up/down counter that increments or decrements each time a clock pulse is input. This timer has two operation modes, interval and auto reload. 1. Features Features of timer C are given below. * Choice of seven internal clock sources (/8192, /2048, /512, /256, /128, /32, /8) or an external clock (can be used to count external events). An interrupt is requested when the counter overflows. Can be switched between up- and down-counting by software or hardware control. * * 2. Block diagram t4U.com Figure 8-4 shows a block diagram of timer C. DataShee .com Prescaler S TMC Internal data bus IRRTC UD TCC IRQ 1 TLC Notation: TMC: Timer mode register C TCC: Timer counter C TLC: Timer load register C IRRTC: Timer C overflow interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 2) .com Figure 8-4 Block Diagram of Timer C DataSheet 4 U .com 148 www..com 3. Pin configuration Table 8-5 shows the timer C pin configuration. Table 8-5 Pin Configuration Name Event input pin Up/down select pin Abbrev. P11/IRQ1 P97/UD I/O Input Input Function Timer C event input Timer C counting direction control 4. Register configuration Table 8-6 shows the register configuration of timer C. Table 8-6 Timer C Registers Name Timer mode register C t4U.com Timer counter C Timer load register C Abbrev. TMC TCC TLC R/W R/W R W Initial Value H'18 H'00 H'00 Address H'FFC4 H'FFC5 H'FFC5 DataShee 8.4.2 Register Descriptions 1. Bit Initial value Read/Write .com Timer mode register C (TMC) 7 TMC7 0 R/W 6 TMC6 0 R/W 5 TMC5 0 R/W 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 TMC2 0 R/W 1 TMC1 0 R/W 0 TMC0 0 R/W TMC is an 8-bit read/write register for selecting the auto-reload function, counting direction, and input clock. Upon reset, TMC is initialized to H'18. .com H8/300L '91 TMC DataSheet 4 U .com 149 www..com Bit 7: Auto-reload function select (TMC7) Bit 7 selects the auto-reload function of timer C. Bit 7 TMC7 0 1 Description Interval timer function selected. Auto-reload function selected. (initial value) Bit 6: Counter up/down control 1 (TMC6) This bit selects whether the counting direction of timer counter C (TCC) is controlled by hardware using pin P97/UD, or by software using bit TMC5. Bit 5: Counter up/down control 2 (TMC5) This bit selects whether TCC is an up-counter or down-counter. The setting of this bit is valid when bit TMC6 = 0. t4U.com Bits TMC6 and TMC5 operate as follows. Bit 6 TMC6 0 0 1 Bit 5 TMC5 0 1 * Description DataShee .com TCC is an up-counter. TCC is a down-counter. (initial value) TCC up/down control is by input at pin P97/UD. TCC is a down-counter if UD input is high, and an up-counter if UD input is low. Note: * Don't care. Bits 4 and 3: Reserved bits Bits 4 and 3 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 2 to 0: Clock select (TMC2 to TMC0) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 150 www..com Bits 2 to 0 select the clock input to TCC. For external clock counting, either the rising or falling edge can be selected. Bit 2 TMC2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Bit 1 TMC1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 TMC0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Description Internal clock: /8192. Internal clock: /2048. Internal clock: /512. Internal clock: /256. Internal clock: /128. Internal clock: /32. Internal clock: /8. External clock (P11/IRQ1): rising or falling edge.* (initial value) t4U.com 2. Note: * The edge of the external clock is selected by bit IEG1 in the IRQ edge select register (IEGR). For details see 3.2.3 2, IRQ edge select register (IEGR). Timer counter C (TCC) 7 TCC7 0 R 6 TCC6 0 R 5 TCC5 R 4 TCC4 R 3 TCC3 0 R 2 TCC2 0 R 1 TCC1 0 R DataShee 0 TCC0 0 R Bit Initial value Read/Write .com 0 0 TCC is an 8-bit read-only up-/down-counter, which is incremented or decremented by internal or external clock input. The clock source for input to this counter is selected by bits TMC2 to TMC0 in timer mode register C (TMC). The TCC value can be read by the CPU at any time. When TCC overflows (from H'FF to H'00 or to the value set in TLC) or underflows (from H'00 to H'FF or to the value set in TLC), the IRRTC bit in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. TCC is allocated to the same address as timer load register C (TLC). Upon reset, TCC is initialized to H'00. H8/300L '91 TCC .com DataSheet 4 U .com 151 www..com 3. Timer load register C (TLC) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLC7 0 W 6 TLC6 0 W 5 TLC5 0 W 4 TLC4 0 W 3 TLC3 0 W 2 TLC2 0 W 1 TLC1 0 W 0 TLC0 0 W TLC is an 8-bit write-only register for setting the reload value of TCC. When a reload value is set in TLC, the same value is loaded into timer counter C (TCC) as well, and TCC starts counting up or down from that value. When TCC overflows or underflows during operation in auto-reload mode, the TLC value is loaded in TCC. Accordingly, overflow and underflow periods can be set within the range of 1 to 256 input clocks. The same address is allocated to TLC as to TCC. Upon reset, TLC is initialized to H'00. 8.4.3 Timer Operation t4U.com H8/300LDataShee '91 TLC Timer C is an 8-bit multifunction timer. It can be used as an interval timer, an auto-reload timer, or an event counter. (Event counting requires an input pin setting.) 1. Timer C operation modes .com Timer C is an 8-bit up-/down-counter which is incremented or decremented each time a clock pulse is input. The two operation modes, interval and auto-reload, are explained below. * Interval timer operation When bit TMC7 in timer mode register C (TMC) is cleared to 0, timer C functions as an 8-bit interval timer. Upon reset, timer counter C (TCC) is initialized to H'00 and TMC to H'18, so up-counting and interval timing resume immediately after the reset. The clock input to timer C is selected from seven internal clock signals output by prescaler S, or an external clock input at pin P11/IRQ1. The selection is made by bits TMC2 to TMC0 in TMC. Either software or hardware can control whether TCC counts up or down. The selection is made by TMC bits TMC6 and TMC5. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 152 www..com After the count value in TCC reaches H'FF (H'00), the next clock signal input causes timer C to overflow (underflow), setting bit IRRTC to 1 in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2). If bit IENTC = 1 in interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2), a CPU interrupt is requested.* At overflow or underflow, TCC returns to H'00 or H'FF and starts counting up or down again. During interval timer operation (TMC7 = 0), when a value is set in timer load register C (TLC), the same value is set in TCC. Note: * For details on interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. * Auto-reload timer operation Setting bit TMC7 in TMC to 1 causes timer C to function as an 8-bit auto-reload timer. When a reload value is set in TLC, the same value is loaded into TCC, becoming the value from which TCC starts its count. t4U.com After the count value in TCC reaches H'FF (H'00), the next clock signal input causes timer C to overflow (or underflow). The TLC value is then loaded into TCC, and the count continues ee DataSh from that value. The overflow (underflow) period can be set within a range from 1 to 256 input clocks, depending on the TLC value. The clock sources, up/down control, and interrupts in auto-reload mode are the same as for .com interval mode. In auto-reload mode (bit TMC7 = 1), setting a new TLC value also initializes TCC. 2. Operation on external clock Timer C can operate on an external clock input as an event signal at pin P11/IRQ1. External clock operation is selected by setting bits TMC2 to TMC0 in timer mode register C to all 1's (111). TCC can count either rising or falling edges of the input at pin P11/IRQ1. When timer C is used to count external event input, bit IRQC1 in port mode register 1 (PMR1) should be set to 1, and bit IEN1 in interrupt enable register 1 (IENR1) should be cleared to 0 to disable IRQ1 interrupt requests. 3. TCC up/down control by hardware The counting direction of timer C can be controlled by input at pin P97/UD. When bit TMC6 in TMC is set to 1, high-level input at the UD pin selects down-counting, while low-level input selects up-counting. .com When using input at pin UD for this control function, set the UP/DOWN bit in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1. DataSheet 4 U .com 153 www..com 8.5 Timer D 8.5.1 Overview Timer D is an 8-bit event counter, which is incremented by input of an external event signal. Either rising or falling edges of the external event signal can be counted. 1. Features Features of timer D are given below. * * 2. Choice of rising or falling edge for external event counting. An interrupt is requested when the counter overflows. Block diagram Figure 8-5 shows a block diagram of timer D. t4U.com DataShee .com TMD Internal data bus EVENT TCD Notation: TMD: Timer mode register D IRRTD TCD: Timer counter D IRRTD: Timer D overflow interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 2) Figure 8-5 Block Diagram of Timer D .com DataSheet 4 U .com 154 www..com 3. Pin configuration Table 8-7 shows the timer D pin configuration. Table 8-7 Pin Configuration Name Event input pin Abbrev. P16/EVENT I/O Input Function Timer D event input 4. Register configuration Table 8-8 shows the register configuration of timer D. Table 8-8 Timer D Registers Name Timer mode register D Timer counter D t4U.com Abbrev. TMD TCD R/W R/W* R Initial Value H'7E H'00 Address H'FFC6 H'FFC7 Note: * Writing to bit 7 of TMD is possible only when writing 1 to clear the counter. DataShee 8.5.2 Register Descriptions 1. Bit Initial value Read/Write Timer mode register D (TMD) .com 7 CLR 0 W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 EDG 0 R/W TMD is an 8-bit read/write register for clearing timer counter D (TCD), and for selecting whether input at the external event pin is sensed at the rising or falling edge. Bit 7: Counter clear (CLR) Bit 7 initializes TCD to H'00. Bit 7 CLR 0 1 Description After 1 is written to this bit to initialize TCD, it is cleared to 0 by hardware. Initializes TCD to H'00. (initial value) H8/300L '91 TMD .com DataSheet 4 U .com 155 www..com Bits 6 to 1: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 1 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 0: Edge select (EDG) Bit 0 selects the rising or falling edge of input at external event pin P16/EVENT . Bit 0 EDG 0 1 Description TCD counts falling edges of input at pin P16/EVENT. TCD counts rising edges of input at pin P16/EVENT. (initial value) 2. Bit Timer counter D (TCD) 7 TCD7 0 R 6 TCD6 0 R 5 TCD5 0 R 4 TCD4 0 R 3 TCD3 0 R 2 TCD2 0 R 1 TCD1 0 R 0 TCD0 0 R Initial value t4U.com Read/Write DataShee TCD is an 8-bit read-only up-counter, which is incremented by external clock input at pin P16/EVENT . The input clock edge is selected by the EDG bit in timer mode register D (TMD). The TCD value can be read by the CPU at any time. .com When TCD overflows from H'FF to H'00, the IRRTD bit in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. Upon reset, TCD is initialized to H'00. H8/300L '91 TCD .com DataSheet 4 U .com 156 www..com 8.5.3 Timer Operation 1. Operation on external clock Timer D operates on an external clock input at pin P16/EVENT , used as an event input pin. The rising or falling edge of this input is selected by the EDG bit in timer mode register D (TMD). After the count value in TCD reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer D to overflow, setting bit IRRTD in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) to 1 . If bit IENTD = 1 in interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2), a CPU interrupt is requested.* At overflow, TCD returns to H'00 and starts counting up again. TCD can be cleared by setting the CLR bit to 1 in TMD. To use external event input, the EVENT bit in port mode register 1 (PMR1) must be set to 1. t4U.com Note: * For details on interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 157 www..com 8.6 Timer E 8.6.1 Overview Timer E is an 8-bit up-counter that increments each time a clock pulse is input. This timer has two operation modes, interval and auto reload. In addition, it can output a square wave with a 50% duty cycle, using overflow signals or signals from prescaler S. 1. Features Features of timer E are given below. * Choice of eight internal clock sources (/8192, /4096, /2048, /512, /256, /128, /32, /8). An interrupt is requested when the counter overflows. * * Prescaler signals can provide a fixed-frequency output with a 50% duty cycle. t4U.com When = 4 MHz, output is 1.95 kHz or 3.9 kHz. When = 2 MHz, output is 0.98 kHz or 1.95 kHz. * Overflow signals can produce square wave output of any frequency with a 50% duty cycle. .com DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com 158 www..com 2. Block diagram Figure 8-6 shows a block diagram of timer E. TME TLE Internal data bus Prescaler S TCE t4U.com Notation: TME: Timer mode register E TCE: Timer counter E TLE: Timer load register E IRRTE: Timer E overflow interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 2) DataShee IRRTE TMOE output latch .com Figure 8-6 Block Diagram of Timer E 3. Pin configuration Table 8-9 shows the timer E pin configuration. Table 8-9 Pin Configuration Name Timer E waveform output pin Abbrev. P15/IRQ5/TMOE I/O Output Function Timer E output H8/300L '91 Fig. 8-6 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 159 www..com 4. Register configuration Table 8-10 shows the register configuration of timer E. Table 8-10 Timer E Registers Name Timer mode register E Timer counter E Timer load register E Port mode register 4 Abbrev. TME TCE TLE PMR4 R/W R/W R W R/W Initial Value H'78 H'00 H'00 H'0F Address H'FFC8 H'FFC9 H'FFC9 H'FFEE 8.6.2 Register Descriptions 1. Bit Timer mode register E (TME) 7 TME7 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 TME2 0 R/W 1 TME1 0 R/W 0 TME0 0 R/W t4U.com Initial value Read/Write DataShee TME is an 8-bit read/write register for selecting the auto-reload function and input clock. Upon reset, TME is initialized to H'78. .com Bit 7: Auto-reload function select (TME7) Bit 7 selects the auto-reload function of timer E. Bit 7 TME7 0 1 Description Interval timer function selected. Auto-reload function selected. (initial value) H8/300L '91 TME Bits 6 to 3: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 3 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 160 www..com Bits 2 to 0: Clock select (TME2 to TME0) Bits 2 to 0 select the clock input to TCE. Bit 2 TME2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Bit 1 TME1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 TME0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Description Internal clock: /8192. Internal clock: /4096. Internal clock: /2048. Internal clock: /512. Internal clock: /256. Internal clock: /128. Internal clock: /32. Internal clock: /8. (initial value) 2. t4U.com Bit Timer counter E (TCE) 7 TCE7 0 R 6 TCE6 0 5 TCE5 0 4 TCE4 0 3 TCE3 0 R 2 TCE2 0 R 1 TCE1 0 R DataShee 0 0 R TCE0 Initial value Read/Write R .com R R TCE is an 8-bit read-only up-counter, which is incremented by internal clock input. The clock source for input to this counter is selected by bits TME2 to TME0 in timer mode register E (TME). The TCE value can be read by the CPU at any time. When TCE overflows from H'FF to H'00 or to the value set in TLE, the IRRTE bit in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. TCE is allocated to the same address as timer load register E (TLE). Upon reset, TCE is initialized to H'00. H8/300L '91 TCE .com DataSheet 4 U .com 161 www..com 3. Timer load register E (TLE) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLE7 0 W 6 TLE6 0 W 5 TLE5 0 W 4 TLE4 0 W 3 TLE3 0 W 2 TLE2 0 W 1 TLE1 0 W 0 TLE0 0 W TLE is an 8-bit write-only register for setting the reload value of TCE. When a reload value is set in TLE, the same value is loaded into timer counter E (TCE) as well, and TCE starts counting up from that value. When TCE overflows during operation in autoreload mode, the TLE value is loaded in TCE. Accordingly, the overflow period can be set within the range of 1 to 256 input clocks. The same address is allocated to TLE as to TCE. Upon reset, TLE is initialized to H'00. t4U.coPort mode register 4 (PMR4) 4. m Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TEO 0 R/W 6 TEO ON 0 R/W 5 FREQ 0 4 VRFR 0 3 -- 1 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- H8/300LDataShee '91 TLE 0 -- 1 -- .com R/W R/W -- PMR4 is an 8-bit read/write register, for switching functions of pin P15/IRQ5/TMOE and for controlling waveform output from pin TMOE. Upon reset, PMR4 is initialized to H'0F. H8/300L '91 PMR4 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 162 www..com Bit 7: Timer E output select (TEO) Bit 6: Timer E output on/off (TEO ON) Bit 5: Fixed frequency select (FREQ) Bit 4: Variable frequency select (VRFR) P15/IRQ5/TMOE pin functions are switched as follows, by means of bits 7 to 4 of PMR4 and bit IRQC5 of port mode register 1 (PMR1). PMR1 Bit 5 IRQC5 0 0 0 Bit 7 TEO 0 0 1 1 PMR4 Bit 6 Bit 5 TEO ON FREQ 0 * 0 1 0 * * 0 Bit 4 VRFR 0 * * 0 Pin Function P15 pin P15 pin Description Pin State Standard I/O port (initial value) Standard I/O port TMOE output pin Low-level output (off) t4U.com0 TMOE output pin Fixed-frequency output: ataShee D (on) (/2048) 1.95 kHz ( = 4 MHz) 0.98 kHz ( = 2 MHz) TMOE output pin Fixed-frequency output: (/1024) 3.9 kHz ( = 4 MHz) 1.95 kHz ( = 2 MHz) TMOE output pin Variable-frequency output: (on) toggled by timer E overflow IRQ5 input pin External interrupt input 0 1 1 1 0 (on) .com 0 1 1 * 1 * * * 1 * Note: * Don't care. Bits 3 to 0: Reserved bits Bits 3 to 0 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 163 www..com 8.6.3 Timer Operation Timer E is an 8-bit up-counter that is incremented each time a clock pulse is input. It functions as an interval or auto-reload timer. It can also output a square wave having a 50% duty cycle. Each of these operation modes is explained below. 1. Interval timer operation When bit TME7 in timer mode register E (TME) is cleared to 0, timer E functions as an 8-bit interval timer. Upon reset, timer counter E (TCE) is reset to H'00 and bit TME7 is cleared to 0, so upcounting and interval timing resume immediately after the reset. The clock input to timer E is selected from eight internal clock signals output by prescaler S. The selection is made by bits TME2 to TME0 in TME. After the count value in TCE reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer E to overflow, setting bit IRRTE to 1 in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2). If bit IENTE = 1 in t4U.com DataShee interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2), a CPU interrupt is requested.* At overflow, TCE returns to H'00, and starts counting up again. During interval timer operation (TME7 = 0), when a value is set in timer load register E (TLE), the same value is set in TCE. .com Note: * For details on interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. 2. Auto-reload timer operation Setting bit TME7 in TME to 1 causes timer E to function as an 8-bit auto-reload timer. When a reload value is set in TLE, the same value is loaded into TCE, becoming the value from which TCE starts its count. After the count value in TCE reaches H'FF, the next clock signal input causes timer E to overflow. The TLE value is then loaded into TCE, and the count continues from that value. The overflow period can be set within a range from 1 to 256 input clocks, depending on the TLE value. The clock sources and interrupts in auto-reload mode are the same as for interval mode. In auto-reload mode (bit TME7 = 1), setting a new TLE value also initializes TCE. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 164 www..com 3. Square wave output A 50% duty square wave can be output at pin P15/IRQ5/TMOE if this function is selected in port mode register 4 (PMR4) and bit IRQC5 in port mode register 1 (PMR1). When bit VRFR = 0 in PMR4, the square wave has a fixed frequency designated in the FREQ bit. For the frequencies that can be output, see 8.6.2 (4), Port mode register 4 (PMR4). When bit VRFR = 1, timer E overflow generates a toggle output alternating between low and high level (see figure 8-7). The overflow period is selected in timer load register E (TLE), with timer E operating in auto-reload mode (bit TME7 = 1). The operating clock can be selected by means of bits TME2 to TME0. These settings can give a waveform output of any desired frequency within the range shown in table 8-11. Timer E value = H'FF t4U.com TLE value (auto-reload mode selected) DataShee TMOE output waveform .com Timer E interrupt request Figure 8-7 Square Wave Output Generated by Timer E Overflow .com H8/300L FIG. 8-7 DataSheet 4 U .com 165 www..com Table 8-11 Frequencies of Output Waveforms Generated by Timer E Overflow Output Waveform ( = 2 MHz) 1 Count (TLE = H'FF) x 2 Internal Clock /8 (250 kHz) /32 (62.5 kHz) /128 (15.62 kHz) /256 (7.8125 kHz) /512 (3.9062 kHz) /2048 (976.5 Hz) /4096 (488.2 Hz) /8192 (244.1 Hz) Count Time 8 s 32 s 128 s 256 s 512 s 2.048 ms 4.096 ms 8.192 ms Output Frequency 125 kz 31.25 kHz 7.8125 kHz 3.9063 kHz 1.9531 kHz 488.3 Hz 244.1 Hz 122.1 Hz 256 Counts (TLE = H'00) x 2 Count Time 2024 s 8192 s 32.768 ms 65.536 ms 131.072 ms 524.288 ms Output Frequency 488.3 Hz 122.1 Hz 30.5 Hz 15.3 Hz 7.63 Hz 1.91 Hz 1048.576 ms 0.95 Hz 2097.152 ms 0.477 Hz t4U.com Internal Clock /8 (500 kHz) /32 (125 kHz) /128 (31.25 kHz) /256 (15.625 kHz) /512 (7.8125 kHz) /2048 (1.963 Hz) /4096 (976.52 Hz) /8192 (488.2 Hz) Count Time 4 s 16 s 64 s 128 s 256 s 1.024 ms 2.048 ms 4.096 ms Output Waveform ( = 4 MHz) 1 Count (TLE = H'FF) x 2 Output Frequency 250 kz 256 Counts (TLE = H'00) x 2 Count Time 1024 s DataShee Output Frequency 976.6 Hz 244.1 Hz 61.0 Hz 30.5 Hz 15.3 Hz 3.8 Hz 1.91 Hz .com 4096 s 62.5 kHz 15.625 kHz 7.8125 kHz 3.9063 kHz 976.6 Hz 488.3 Hz 244.1 Hz 16.384 ms 32.768 ms 65.536 ms 262.144 ms 524.288 ms 1048.576 ms 0.95 Hz .com DataSheet 4 U .com 166 www..com 8.7 Interrupts Timer A to E interrupts are requested when a timer overflows or underflows. Each timer is assigned its own vector address. The priority of interrupts is in the order of timer A (high) to timer E (low). Further details are given in 3.2.2, Interrupts, table 3-2, Interrupt Sources. When timers A to E overflow, the corresponding bit IRRTA to IRRTE in interrupt request register 2 (IRR2) is set to 1. These interrupt flags are not cleared even if the interrupt is accepted. They must be cleared to 0 by software in the interrupt handler routine. Interrupts may be enabled or disabled independently for each timer by means of bits IENTA to IENTE in interrupt enable register 2 (IENR2). For further details see 3.2.3, Interrupt Control Registers. 8.8 Application Notes Even when the EVENT bit in port mode register 1 (PMR1) designates the P16 usage of pin t4U.com D sure hee P16/EVENT , reading the P16 pin may cause timer D to increment. When using timer D, be ataS to clear timer counter D (TCD) by means of the CLR bit in timer mode register D (TMD). .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 167 www..com Section 9 14-Bit PWM 9.1 Overview The H8/3714 Series is provided with a 14-bit PWM (pulse width modulator) on-chip, which can be used as a D/A converter by connecting a low-pass filter. 9.1.1 Features Features of the 14-bit PWM are as follows. * Choice of two conversion periods A conversion period of 32768/, with a minimum modulation width of 2/ (PWCR0 = 1), or a conversion period of 16384/, with a minimum modulation width of 1/ (PWCR0 = 0), can be chosen. * Pulse division method for less ripple om t4U.c 9.1.2 Block Diagram Figure 9-1 shows a block diagram of the 14-bit PWM. DataShee .com PWDRL PWDRU Internal data bus /2 /4 PWM waveform generator PWCR P90 /PWM PMR2 (bit 0) .com Notation: PWDRL: PWM data register L PWDRU: PWM data register U PWCR: PWM control register PMR2: Port mode register 2 Figure 9-1 Block Diagram of 14-Bit PWM DataSheet 4 U .com 169 www..com 9.1.3 Pin Configuration Table 9-1 shows the output pin assigned to the 14-bit PWM. Table 9-1 Pin Configuration Name PWM waveform output pin Abbrev. PWM I/O Output Function PWM waveform output 9.1.4 Register Configuration Table 9-2 shows the register configuration of the 14-bit PWM. Table 9-2 Register Configuration Name PWM control register PWM data register U t4U.com PWM data register L Abbrev. PWCR PWDRU PWDRL R/W W W W Initial Value H'FE H'C0 H'00 Address H'FFCC H'FFCD H'FFCE DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 170 www..com 9.2 Register Descriptions 9.2.1 PWM Control Register (PWCR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 PWCR0 0 W PWCR is an 8-bit write-only register for input clock selection. Upon reset, PWCR is initialized to H'FE. Bits 7 to 1: Reserved bits Bits 7 to 1 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 0: Clock select (PWCR0) t4U.com DataShee Bit 0 selects the clock supplied to the 14-bit PWM. This bit is a write-only bit; it always reads 1. H8/300L '91 Bit 0 PWCR0 0 1 PWCR Description The input clock is /2 (t = 2/). The conversion period is 16384/, with a minimum modulation width of 1/. .com (initial value) The input clock is /4 (t = 4/). The conversion period is 32768/, with a minimum modulation width of 2/. Notation: t: Period of PWM input clock .com DataSheet 4 U .com 171 www..com 9.2.2 PWM Data Registers U and L (PWDRU, PWDRL) PWDRU Bit Initial value Read/Write PWDRL Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 0 W 6 0 W 5 0 W 4 0 W 3 0 W 2 0 W 1 0 W 0 0 W PWDRL7 PWDRL6 PWDRL5 PWDRL4 PWDRL3 PWDRL2 PWDRL1 PWDRL0 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 0 W 4 0 W 3 0 W 2 0 W 1 0 W 0 0 W PWDRU5 PWDRU4 PWDRU3 PWDRU2 PWDRU1 PWDRU0 PWDRU and PWDRL form a 14-bit write-only register, with the upper 6 bits assigned to PWDRU t4U.com and the lower 8 bits to PWDRL. The value written to PWDRU and PWDRL gives the ataShee D total high-level width of one PWM waveform cycle. When 14-bit data is written to PWDRU and PWDRL, the register contents are latched in the PWM waveform generator, updating the PWM waveform generation data. The 14-bit data should always be written in the following sequence, first to PWDRL and then to PWDRU. .com 1. 2. Write the lower 8 bits to PWDRL. Write the upper 6 bits to PWDRU. PWDRU and PWDRL are write-only registers. If they are read, all bits read 1. Upon reset, PWDRU and PWDRL are initialized to H'C000. H8/3834 U.M. PWDRU, PWD .com DataSheet 4 U .com 172 www..com 9.3 Operation When using the 14-bit PWM, set the registers in the following sequence. 1. Set bit PWM in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1 so that pin P90/PWM is designated for PWM output. Set bit PWCR0 in the PWM control register (PWCR) to select a conversion period of either 32768/ (PWCR0 = 1) or 16384/ (PWCR0 = 0). Set the output waveform data in PWM data registers U and L (PWDRU/L). Be sure to write in the correct sequence, first PWDRL then PWDRU. When data is written to PWDRU, the data in these registers will be latched in the PWM waveform generator, updating PWM waveform generation in synchronization with internal signals. 2. 3. t4U.com One conversion period consists of 64 pulses, as shown in figure 9-2. The total of the highlevel pulse widths during this period (TH) corresponds to the data in PWDRU and PWDRL. This relation can be represented as follows. DataShee TH = (data value in PWDRU and PWDRL + 64) x t/2 where t is the PWM input clock period, either 2/ (bit PWCR0 = 0) or 4/ (bit PWCR0 = 1). If the data value in PWDRU.com and PWDRL is between H'3FC0 and H'3FFF, the PWM output level will be high. When the data value is H'0000, TH = 64 x t/2 = 32 t. Example: Settings in order to obtain a conversion period of 8,192 s: When bit PWCR0 = 0, the conversion period is 16384/, so must be 2 MHz. In this case tfn = 128 s, with 1/ (resolution) = 0.5 s. When bit PWCR0 = 1, the conversion period is 32768/, so must be 4 MHz. In this case tfn = 128 s, with 2/ (resolution) = 0.5 s. Accordingly, for a conversion period of 8,192 s, the system clock frequency () must be 2 MHz or 4 MHz. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 173 www..com 1 conversion period t f1 t f2 t f63 t f64 t H1 t H2 t H3 t H63 t H64 TH = t H1 + t H2 + t H3 + . . . + t H64 t f1 = t f2 = t f3 . . . = t f64 Figure 9-2 PWM Output Waveform t4U.com DataShee .com H8/300L '91 Fig. 9-2 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 174 www..com Section 10 SCI1 10.1 Overview Serial communication interface 1 (SCI1) performs synchronous serial transfer of 8-bit or 16-bit data. 10.1.1 Features SCI1 features are as follows. * * Choice of 8-bit or 16-bit data transfer Choice of eight internal clock sources (/1024, /256, /64, /32, /16, /8, /4, /2) or an external clock * Interrupts requested at completion of transfer or when error occurs om t4U.c 10.1.2 Block Diagram Figure 10-1 shows a block diagram of SCI1. DataShee .com Prescaler S (13 bits) SMR1 Octal/Hexadecimal counter 1 (3 or 4 bits) SPR1 Internal data bus IRRS1 SO1 SDRL1 SDRU1 SI 1 SCK 1 Notation: SMR1: Serial mode register 1 SPR1: Serial port register 1 SDRL1: Serial data register L1 SDRU1: Serial data register U1 IRRS1: Serial communication interface 1 interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 3) .com Figure 10-1 Block Diagram of SCI1 DataSheet 4 U .com 175 www..com 10.1.3 Pin Configuration Table 10-1 shows the SCI1 pin configuration. Table 10-1 Pin Configuration Name SCI1 clock pin SCI1 data input pin SCI1 data output pin Abbrev. SCK1 SI1 SO1 I/O I/O Input Output Function SCI1 clock input or output SCI1 received data input SCI1 transmit data output 10.1.4 Register Configuration Table 10-2 shows the SCI1 register configuration. Table 10-2 SCI1 Registers Name t4U.com Serial mode register 1 Serial data register U1 Serial data register L1 Serial port register 1 Port mode register 2 Port mode register 3 Abbrev. SMR1 SDRU1 SDRL1 SPR1 PMR2 PMR3 R/W W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W Initial Value H'80 Not fixed Not fixed Not fixed Address H'FFB0 H'FFB1 H'FFB2 H'FFB3 H'FFEC H'FFED DataShee .com H'00 H'97 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 176 www..com 10.2 Register Descriptions 10.2.1 Serial Mode Register 1 (SMR1) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 SMR16 0 W 5 SMR15 0 W 4 SMR14 0 W 3 SMR13 0 W 2 SMR12 0 W 1 SMR11 0 W 0 SMR10 0 W SMR1 is an 8-bit write-only register, for selecting the operation mode and the prescaler divider ratio. Another function is to initialize the internal state of the serial interface, which happens at each write access to SMR1. When SMR1 is written to, serial clock supply to serial data registers U1 and L1 (SDRU1, SDRL1) and to the octal/hexadecimal counter is stopped, and the octal/hexadecimal counter is reset to H'00. Accordingly, writing to the serial mode register while the serial interface is operating will abort data transmission or reception, and the serial communication interface 1 interrupt request omflag (IRRS1) will be set. t4U.c DataShee Upon reset, SMR1 is initialized to H'80. Bit 7: Reserved bit Bit 7 is reserved; it always reads 1,.com and cannot be modified. Bits 6 to 4: Operation mode select (SMR16 to SMR14) Bits 6 to 4 select the SCI1 operation mode. Bit 6 SMR16 0 Bit 5 SMR15 0 Bit 4 SMR14 0 Description Continuous clock output mode 8-bit transfer mode Continuous clock output mode 16-bit transfer mode (initial value) H8/300L 10.2.1 (S SMR15, SMR14 set to value other than 00 1 0 0 SMR15, SMR14 set to value other than 00 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 177 www..com Bits 3 to 0: Clock select (SMR13 to SMR10) Bits 3 to 0 select the clock supplied to SCI1. Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 SMR13 SMR12 SMR11 0 0 0 Bit 0 Clock SMR10 Pin SCK1 Source 0 SCK1 output Prescaler S 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 * * * 0 1 SCK1 output SCK1 output SCK1 output SCK1 output SCK1 output SCK1 output SCK1 output Not used Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S -- Prescaler Divider Ratio /1024 (initial value) /256 /64 /32 /16 /8 /4 /2 -- Serial Clock Period (s) = 4 MHz = 2 MHz 256 512 64 16 8 4 2 1 -- -- 128 32 16 8 4 2 1 -- 1 1 0 1 1 0 * * * 1 1 0 * * * 1 1 t4U.com SCK1 input External clock -- -- -- DataShee 10.2.2 Serial Data Register U1 (SDRU1) Bit Initial value Read/Write Note: * Not fixed 7 * R/W 6 * R/W 5 * R/W 4 * R/W 3 * R/W 2 * R/W 1 * R/W 0 * R/W .com SDRU17 SDRU16 SDRU15 SDRU14 SDRU13 SDRU12 SDRU11 SDRU10 SDRU1 is an 8-bit read/write register. It is used as the data register for the upper 8 bits in 16-bit transfer (SDRL1 is used for the lower 8 bits). Data written to SDRU1 is output to SDRL1 starting from the least significant bit (LSB), in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock. This data is than replaced by LSB-first data input at pin SI1, synchronized with the rising edge of the serial clock. In this way data is shifted in the direction from the most significant bit (MSB) toward the LSB. SDRU1 must be written or read only after data transmission or reception is complete. If this register is read or written while a data transfer is in progress, the data contents areH8/300L '91 not 10.2.2 (SDRU1 guaranteed. The SDRU1 value upon reset is not fixed. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 178 www..com 10.2.3 Serial Data Register L1 (SDRL1) Bit Initial value Read/Write Note: * Not fixed 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 SDRL17 SDRL16 SDRL15 SDRL14 SDRL13 SDRL12 SDRL11 SDRL10 * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W SDRL1 is an 8-bit read/write register. It is used as the data register in 8-bit transfer, and as the data register for the lower 8 bits in 16-bit transfer (SDRU1 is used for the upper 8 bits). In 8-bit transfer, data written to SDRL1 is output from pin SO1 starting from the least significant bit (LSB), in synchronization with the falling edge of the serial clock. This data is then replaced by LSB-first data input at pin SI1, synchronized with the rising edge of the serial clock. In this way data is shifted in the direction from the most significant bit (MSB) toward the LSB. In 16-bit transfer, operation is the same as for 8-bit transfer, except that input data is fed in via t4U.com H8/300L e DataShe SDRU1. SDRL1 must be written or read only after data transmission or reception is complete. If this register is read or written while a data transfer is in progress, the data contents are not guaranteed. 10.2.3 (S .com The SDRL1 value upon reset is not fixed. 10.2.4 Serial Port Register 1 (SPR1) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 SO1 LAST BIT 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- * R/W Note: * Not fixed SPR1 is an 8-bit read/write register, bit 7 of which is connected to the last output stage of SDRL1. .com H8/300L 10.2.4 (S DataSheet 4 U .com 179 www..com Bit 7: Extended data bit (SO1 LAST BIT) Bit 7 holds the last bit of transmitted data after transmission ends. Output from pin SO1 can be altered by software by modifying this bit either before or after transmission. If this bit is written during data transmission, the data contents are not guaranteed. Bit 7 SO1 LAST BIT 0 1 Description Output from pin SO1 is low. Output from pin SO1 is high. (initial value) Bits 6 to 0: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 0 are reserved: they always read 1, and cannot be modified. t4U.com Port Mode Register 2 (PMR2) 10.2.5 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 UP/ DOWN DataShee 5 SI2 0 4 SCK2 0 R/W 3 SO1 0 R/W 2 SI1 0 R/W 1 SCK1 0 R/W 0 PWM 0 R/W 6 SO2 0 R/W 0 R/W R/W .com PMR2 is an 8-bit read/write register, for switching the port 9 pin functions. Bits 3 to 1, in combination with SMR1, set the SCI1 operation mode. Upon reset, PMR2 is initialized to H'00. Bits 3 to 1 are explained here. For bits 7 to 4 and bit 0, see 7.10.2 (1), Port Mode Register 2 (PMR2). Bit 3: Pin P93/SO1 function switch (SO1) Bit 3 selects whether pin P93/SO1 functions as a P93 input/output pin or as the SO1 output pin. Bit 3 SO1 0 1 Description Pin P93/SO1 functions as P93 I/O pin. Pin P93/SO1 functions as SO1 output pin. Setting bit SCK1 to 1 and clearing bit SI1 to 0 puts SCI1 in transmit mode. H8/300L '91 10.2.5 (PMR2) (initial value) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 180 www..com Bit 2: Pin P92/SI1 function switch (SI1) Bit 2 selects whether pin P92/SI1 functions as a P92 input/output pin or as the SI1 output pin. Bit 2 SI1 0 1 Description Pin P92/SI1 functions as P92 I/O pin. Pin P92/SI1 functions as SI1 output pin. Setting bit SCK1 to 1 and clearing bit SO1 to 0 puts SCI1 in receive mode. (initial value) Bit 1: Pin P91/SCK1 function switch (SCK1) Bit 1 selects whether pin P91/SCK1 functions as a P91 input/output pin or as the SCK1 input/output pin. Bit 1 SCK1 0 t4U.com 1 Description Pin P91/SCK1 functions as P91 I/O pin. (initial value) Pin P91/SCK1 functions as SCK1 I/O pin. The direction of clock I/O and the prescaler divider ratio are set in serial mode register 1 (SMR1). DataShee 10.2.6 Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 SO2 PMOS .com 5 0 R/W 4 1 -- CS -- 3 SO1 PMOS 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- 0 R/W 0 R/W PMR3 is an 8-bit read/write register, for enabling the PMOS transistors of SCI1 and SCI2 data output pins (pins SO1 and SO2), and for controlling SCI2 chip select output (pin SI2/CS ). Upon reset, PMR3 is initialized to H'97. Bit 3 is explained here. For bits 6 and 5, see 11.2.5, Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3). Bit 3: Pin SO1 PMOS on/off (SO1PMOS) Bit 3 enables or disables the PMOS buffer transistor of pin P93/SO1. Bit 3 S01PMOS Description The PMOS transistor of pin P93/SO1 is enabled: CMOS output. H8/300L 10.2.6 (P (initial value) .com 1 0 The PMOS transistor of pin P93/SO1 is disabled: NMOS open-drain output. DataSheet 4 U .com 181 www..com 10.3 Operation 10.3.1 Overview SCI1 sends and receives data in synchronization with clock pulses. SCI1 operation modes are set by bits 6 to 4 of serial mode register 1 (SMR1) and bits 3 to 1 of port mode register 2 (PMR2) in combination, as shown in table 10-3. Table 10-3 SCI1 Operation Mode Setting SMR1 SMR16 * * 0 SMR15 * 0 SMR14 * 0 PMR23 0 0 1 0 1 1 SMR15, SMR14 set to value other than 00 1 0 1 Note: * Don't care. PMR2 PMR22 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 PMR21 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 Operation Mode Serial communication disabled Continuous clock output mode 8-bit transmit mode 8-bit receive mode 8-bit transmit/receive mode 16-bit transmit mode 16-bit receive mode t4U.com SMR15, SMR14 set to value other than 00 DataShee 1 .com 1 16-bit transmit/receive mode SCI1 consists of SMR1, serial data register U1 (SDRU1), serial data register L1 (SDRL1), serial port register 1 (SPR1), an octal/hexadecimal counter, and a multiplexer. (See figure 10-1.) Pin SCK1 and the serial clock are controlled by writing data to SMR1. SDRU1 and SDRL1 are used to write transmit data and to hold received data; these registers can be written and read by software. Data in these registers is shifted in synchronization with the serial clock, for input and output at pins SI1 and SO1. SCI1 operation starts with a dummy read of SMR1. The octal/hexadecimal counter is cleared to H'0 by this dummy read, and starts counting anew from the falling edge of the serial clock (pin SCK1), being incremented by 1 at each rising edge of the serial clock. If 8 or 16 serial clock cycles are input and the counter overflows, or if data transmission or reception is aborted, the octal/hexadecimal counter is cleared to H'0. At the same time bit IRRS1 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. .comon interrupts, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. For more details DataSheet 4 U .com 182 www..com 10.3.2 Data Transfer Format Figure 10-2 shows the synchronous data transfer format. Data can be sent and received in lengths of 8 bits or 16 bits. Data is sent and received starting from the least significant bit, in LSB-first format. Transmit data is output from one falling edge of the serial clock until the next falling edge. Receive data is latched at the rising edge of the serial clock. SCK 1 LSB SO 1 SI 1 input data latch timing Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit n - 1 MSB Bit n t4U.com n = 7: 8-bit transfer mode n = 15: 16-bit transfer mode DataShee Figure 10-2 Synchronous Data Transfer Format .com 10.3.3 Clock Eight internal clock sources or an external clock may be selected as the serial clock. When an internal clock is used, pin SCK1 is the clock output pin. 10.3.4 Data Transmit/Receive 1. Initializing SCI1 Before data is sent or received, first SCI1 must be initialized by software. This is done by writing the desired transfer conditions in serial mode register 1 (SMR1). 2. Transmitting A transmit operation is carried out as follows. * H8/300 Set bit SO1 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1, making pin P93/SO1 the SO1 output pin. Fig. Also set bit SCK1 in PMR2 to 1, making pin P91/SCK1 the SCK1 I/O pin. If necessary, set 10the SO1PMOS bit in PMR3 for NMOS open-drain output at pin SO1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 183 www..com * Set bit SMR16 in SMR1 to 1 or 0, and set bits SMR15 and SMR14 to a value other than 00, designating 8- or 16-bit transfer mode. Select the serial clock with bits SMR13 to SMR10. Writing data to SMR1 initializes the internal state of SCI1. * Write transmit data in serial data register L1 (SDRL1) and serial data register U1 (SDRU1), as follows. 8-bit transfer mode: SDRL1 16-bit transfer mode: Upper byte in SDRU1, lower byte in SDRL1 Execute a dummy read of SMR1. SCI1 starts operating, and outputs the transmit data at pin SO1. After data transmission is complete, bit IRRS1 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. * * When an internal clock source is used, a serial clock is output from pin SCK1 in synchronization with the transmit data. After data transmission is complete, the serial clock is not output until the next m t4U.codummy read of SMR1. During this time, pin SO1 continues to output the value of the last bit ataShee D transmitted. When an external clock source is used, data is transmitted in synchronization with the serial clock input at pin SCK1. After data transmission is complete, if the serial clock continues to be input, transmission resumes. .com Between transmissions, the output value of pin SO1 can be changed by rewriting bit 7 (SO1 LAST BIT) in serial port register 1 (SPR1). Executing a dummy read of SMR1 during transmission will cause a transmit error, setting bit IRRS1 in IRR3 to 1. 3. Receiving A receive operation is carried out as follows. * Set bit SI1 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1, making pin P92/SI1 the SI1 input pin. Also set bit SCK1 in PMR2 to 1, making pin P91/SCK1 the SCK1 I/O pin. Set bit SMR16 in serial mode register 1 (SMR1) to 1 or 0, and set bits SMR15 and SMR14 to a value other than 00, designating 8- or 16-bit transfer mode. Select the serial clock with bits SMR13 to SMR10. Writing data to SMR1 initializes the internal state of SCI1. * * Execute a dummy read of SMR1. SCI1 starts operating, and receive data is input at pin SI1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 184 www..com * After data reception is complete, bit IRRS1 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. * Read the received data from SDRL1 and SDRU1, as follows. 8-bit transfer mode: SDRL1 16-bit transfer mode: Upper byte in SDRU1, lower byte in SDRL1 When an internal clock source is used, a dummy read of SMR1 immediately starts a data receive operation. The serial clock is output from pin SCK1. When an external clock source is used, after the dummy read of SMR1, data is received in synchronization with the serial clock input at pin SCK1. After data reception is complete, if the serial clock continues to be input, reception resumes. Executing a dummy read of SMR1 during reception will cause a receive error, setting bit IRRS1 in IRR3 to 1. 4. Simultaneous transmit/receive A simultaneous transmit/receive operation is carried out as follows. t4U.com * DataShee * Set bits SO1, SI1, and SCK1 in PMR2 to 1, designating the SO1 output pin, SI1 pin, and SCK1 pin functions. If necessary, set the SO1PMOS bit in PMR3 for NMOS open-drain output at pin SO1. .com Set bit SMR16 in SMR1 to 1 or 0, and set bits SMR15 and SMR14 to a value other than 00, designating 8- or 16-bit transfer mode. Select the serial clock with bits SMR13 to SMR10. Writing data to SMR1 initializes the internal state of SCI1. Write transmit data in SDRL1 and SDRU1, as follows. 8-bit transfer mode: SDRL1 16-bit transfer mode: Upper byte in SDRU1, lower byte in SDRL1 Execute a dummy read of SMR1. SCI1 starts operating: transmit data is output at pin SO1, and receive data is input at pin SI1. After data transmission and reception are complete, bit IRRS1 in IRR3 is set to 1. Read the received data from SDRL1 and SDRU1. 8-bit transfer mode: SDRL1 16-bit transfer mode: Upper byte in SDRU1, lower byte in SDRL1 * * * * .com DataSheet 4 U .com 185 www..com In simultaneous data transmit/receive, the transmit operation and receive operation described in 10.3.4 sections 2 and 3 take place at the same time. See those sections for further details. During a transmit/receive operation, a dummy read of SMR1 will result in a transmit/receive error, setting bit IRRS1 in IRR3 to 1. 10.3.5 SCI1 State Transitions SCI1 has three internal states, as shown in figure 10-3. In the serial start pending state, the internal state of the serial communication interface is initialized. In this state, the serial communication interface does not operate even if a serial clock signal is input. Executing a dummy read of SMR1 changes this state to the serial clock pending state. In the serial clock pending state, when a serial clock signal is input the octal/hexadecimal counter starts counting up and the serial data register starts shifting, entering the transfer state. If continuous clock output mode has been selected, however, SCI1 outputs the clock signal t4U.com DataShee continuously and does not enter the transfer state. In the transfer state, when 8 or 16 transfer clock cycles are input, or if an SMR1 dummy read is executed, the octal/hexadecimal counter is reset to H'0, and SCI1 enters the serial clock pending state. Writing to SMR1 in the transfer state will reset the octal/hexadecimal counter to H'0 and .com change to the serial start pending state. In transitions from the transfer state to another state, the resetting of the octal/hexadecimal counter to H'0 sets bit IRRS1 in IRR3 to 1. If an internal clock source is selected, a dummy read of SMR1 starts output of the serial clock, which stops after 8 or 16 clock output cycles. After writing to SMR1 in the serial clock pending state or transfer state, it is necessary to write to SMR1 again in order to initialize the initial state of the serial communication interface. Writing to SMR1 changes the state to the serial start pending state. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 186 www..com Serial start (SMR1 dummy read) pending state octal counter = 000 or hexadecimal counter = 0000 serial clock disabled. SMR1 write SMR1 dummy read (serial start) 8 or 16 serial clock cycles (internal clock) (IRRS1 1) SMR1 write (IRRS1 1) Serial clock pending state octal counter = 000 or hexadecimal counter = 0000 Serial clock Transfer state octal counter = 000 or / hexadecimal counter =0000 / t4U.com SMR1 dummy read (serial start) (IRRS1 1) 8 or 16 serial clock cycles (external clock) DataShee Figure 10-3 SCI1 State Transitions .com 10.3.6 Serial Clock Error Detection In the transfer state, if an extraneous pulse is superimposed on the normal serial clock signal due to external noise, SCI1 may function incorrectly. Serial clock errors can be detected by means of the procedure shown in figure 10-4. In the transfer clock pending state, if more than the normal 8 or 16 serial clock cycles are mistakenly input, SCI1 changes from the transfer state to the transfer clock pending state and then back to the transfer state. After bit IRRS1 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is cleared to 0, H8/300L '91 writing a value in serial mode register 1 (SMR1) changes the state Fig. 10-3 pending, and bit to serial start IRRS1 is again set to 1. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 187 www..com Transfer complete (IRRS1 1) Disable interrupts IRRS1 0 SMR1 write Yes Serial clock error processing IRRS1 = 1? No Normal completion t4U.com Figure 10-4 Procedure for Detecting Serial Clock Errors 10.3.7 Interrupts DataShee .com SCI1 can generate interrupts for completion of transfer and for transmit/receive errors. These interrupts are assigned to the same vector address. When an SCI1 transfer is complete, or when a transmit/receive error occurs before the transfer is complete, bit IRRS1 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. SCI1 interrupt requests can H8/300L '91 be enabled or disabled in bit IENS1 of interrupt enable register 3 (IENR3). Fig. 10-4 For further details, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 188 www..com Section 11 SCI2 11.1 Overview Serial communication interface 2 (SCI2) has a 32-byte data buffer, for synchronous serial transfer of up to 32 bytes of data in one operation. 11.1.1 Features SCI2 features are as follows. * * * Automatic transfer of up to 32 bytes of data Choice of internal clock sources (/8, /4, /2) or an external clock Interrupts requested at completion of transfer or when error occurs 11.1.2 Block Diagram t4U.com Figure 11-1 shows a block diagram of SCI2. DataShee Prescaler S (13 bits) generator circuit .com Shift clock SCK 2 Bit counter SCR2 STAR Address decoder and R/W controller Byte counter Comparator circuit IRRS2 Data buffer (32 bytes) EDAR Shift register SO 2 SI2 /CS Internal data bus Notation: STAR: Start address register EDAR: End address register IRRS2: Serial communication interface 2 interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 3) .com Figure 11-1 Block Diagram of SCI2 DataSheet 4 U .com 189 www..com 11.1.3 Pin Configuration Table 11-1 shows the SCI2 pin configuration. Table 11-1 Pin Configuration Name SCI2 clock pin SCI2 data input pin SCI2 data output pin SCI2 chip select output pin Abbrev. SCK2 SI2 SO2 CS I/O I/O Input Output Output Function SCI2 clock input/output SCI2 receive data input SCI2 transmit data output SCI2 chip select output Note: Functions of pins P94/SCK2, P95/SI2/CS, and P96/SO2 are switched in port mode register 2 (PMR2) and port mode register 3 (PMR3). For PMR2, see 7.10.2 1, Port mode register 2 (PMR2). 11.1.4 Register Configuration Table 11-2 shows the SCI2 register configuration. t4U.com Table 11-2 SCI2 Registers Name 32-byte data buffer Start address register End address register Serial control register 2 Status register Port mode register 2 Port mode register 3 Abbrev. -- STAR EDAR SCR2 STSR PMR2 PMR3 R/W Initial Value Address H'FF80 to H'FF9F H'FFA0 H'FFA1 H'FFA2 H'FFA3 H'FFEC H'FFED DataShee R/W Not .comfixed R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W H'E0 H'E0 H'E0 H'E0/H'E8 H'00 H'97 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 190 www..com 11.2 Register Descriptions 11.2.1 Start Address Register (STAR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 STA4 0 R/W 3 STA3 0 R/W 2 STA2 0 R/W 1 STA1 0 R/W 0 STA0 0 R/W STAR is an 8-bit read/write register, for designating the transfer start address in the memory area from H'FF80 to H'FF9F allocated to the 32-byte data buffer. The 32 bytes from H'00 to H'1F designated by the lower 5 bits of STAR (bits STA4 to STA0) correspond to addresses H'FF80 to H'FF9F. Data is sent or received continuously using the area defined in STAR and in the end address register (EDAR). t4U.comBits 7 to 5 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. DataShee Upon reset, STAR is initialized to H'E0. 11.2.2 End Address Register (EDAR) .com Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 EDA4 0 R/W 3 EDA3 0 R/W 2 EDA2 0 R/W 1 EDA1 0 R/W 0 EDA0 0 R/W H8/300L 11.2.1 (S EDAR is an 8-bit read/write register, for designating the transfer end address in the memory area from H'FF80 to H'FF9F allocated to the 32-byte data buffer. The 32 bytes from H'00 to H'1F designated by the lower 5 bits of EDAR (bits EDA4 to EDA0) correspond to addresses H'FF80 to H'FF9F. Data is sent or received continuously using the area defined in STAR and EDAR. If the same value is designated in both STAR and EDAR, only one byte of data is transferred. Bits 7 to 5 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Upon reset, EDAR is initialized to H'E0. H8/300L 11.2.2 (E .com DataSheet 4 U .com 191 www..com 11.2.3 Serial Control Register 2 (SCR2) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 I/O 0 R/W 3 GAP2 0 R/W 2 GAP1 0 R/W 1 PS1 0 R/W 0 PS0 0 R/W SCR2 is an 8-bit read/write register, for selecting whether SCI2 transmits or receives, for gap insertion during continuous transfer, and for serial clock selection. Upon reset, SCR2 is initialized to H'E0. Bits 7 to 5: Reserved bits Bits 7 to 5 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 4: Transmit/receive select (I/O) t4U.com Bit 4 selects SCI2 transmit or receive mode. Bit 4 I/O 0 1 Description SCI2 is in receive mode. SCI2 is in transmit mode. H8/300L taShee Da '91 11.2.3 (SCR2) (initial value) .com Bits 3 and 2: Gap select (GAP2 to GAP1) When data is transmitted or received continuously, gaps can be inserted at data divisions by holding the serial clock high for a length of time designated by bits 3 and 2. Bits 3 and 2 are valid when an internal clock source is selected as the serial clock (PS1 and 0 11). Data divisions may be placed every 8 bits or 16 bits; this is selected in bit GIT in the status register (STSR). Bit 3 GAP2 0 0 1 1 Bit 2 GAP1 0 1 0 1 Description Serial clock keeps the same duty cycle even at data divisions. (initial value) Serial clock high level extended by one clock cycle at data divisions. Serial clock high level extended by two clock cycles at data divisions. Serial clock high level extended by eight clock cycles at data divisions. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 192 www..com Bits 1 and 0: Serial clock select (PS1 to PS0) Bits 1 and 0 select one of three internal clock sources or an external clock. Bit 1 Bit 2 PS1 PS0 Pin SCK2 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 SCK2 output SCK2 output SCK2 output SCK2 input Prescaler Divider Ratio /4 /8 -- Serial Clock Period = 4 MHz = 2 MHz = 1 MHz 1 s 2 s 4 s -- 2 s 4 s 8 s -- Clock Source Prescaler S Prescaler S Prescaler S External clock /2 (initial value) * 1 s 2 s -- Note: * Can be set, but operation is not guaranteed. 11.2.4 Status Register (STSR) Bit 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 SO2 LAST BIT 3 OVR *1 2 WT 0 R/W*2 1 GIT 0 R/W 0 STF R/W t4U.com Initial value Read/Write 0 R/W 0 DataShee R/W*2 Notes: 1. Not fixed 2. Cleared to 0 by write operation to STSR. .com STSR is an 8-bit register indicating the SCI2 operation state, error status, etc. Writing to this register during data transmission may cause misoperation. Upon reset, STSR is initialized to H'E0 or H'E8. Bits 7 to 5: Reserved bits Bits 7 to 5 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 4: Extended data bit (SO2 LAST BIT) Bit 4 holds the last bit of transmitted data after transmission ends. Output from pin SO2 can be altered by software by modifying this bit either before or after transmission. Writing to this bit during data transmission may cause misoperation. H8/300L 11.2.4 (S .com DataSheet 4 U .com 193 www..com Bit 4 SO2 LAST BIT 0 1 Description Output from pin SO2 is low. Output from pin SO2 is high. (initial value) Bit 3: Overrun flag (OVR) If the amount of data transferred exceeds the buffer size setting, or if an extraneous pulse is superimposed on the normal serial clock due to external noise, SCI2 overruns and bit 3 is set to 1. Bit 3 OVR 0 1 Description [Clear conditions] When STSR is written to. [Set conditions] When overrun occurs. (initial value) Bit 2: Waiting flag (WT) t4U.com If an attempt is made to execute a read or write instruction to the 32-byte buffer during a serial data transfer, the instruction is ignored, and bit 2 is set to 1 along with bit IRRS2 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3). .com Bit 2 WT 0 1 Description [Clear conditions] When STSR is written to. DataShee (initial value) [Set conditions] When a read/write to the 32-byte buffer is attempted during serial transfer. Bit 1: Gap interval flag (GIT) Bit 1 designates whether the extended serial clock high-level interval designated in bits GAP2 and GAP1 in serial control register 2 (SCR2) occurs every 8 bits or every 16 bits. This setting is valid only for internal clock operation. Bit 1 GIT 0 1 Description Gap specified by GAP2 and GAP1 is inserted every 16 bits. Gap specified by GAP2 and GAP1 is inserted every 8 bits. (initial value) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 194 www..com Bit 0: Start/busy flag (STF) Setting bit 0 to 1 starts an SCI2 transfer operation. This bit stays at 1 during the transfer, and is cleared to 0 after the transfer is complete. It can therefore be used as a busy flag as well. Clearing this bit to 0 during a transfer aborts the transfer, initializing SCI2. The contents of the 32-byte data buffer and of registers other than STSR are unchanged when this happens. Bit 0 STF 0 Explanation [Read access] Indicates transfer not in progress. [Write access] Stops transfer. 1 [Read access] Indicates transfer in progress. [Write access] Starts transfer. (initial value) t4U.com 11.2.5 Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 SO2 PMOS DataShee 5 CS 4 -- -- 3 SO1 PMOS 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- 0 R/W .com 0 1 R/W 0 R/W PMR3 is an 8-bit read/write register, for enabling the PMOS transistors of SCI1 and SCI2 data output pins (pin P93/SO1 and pin P96/SO2), and for controlling SCI2 chip select output (pin SI2/CS ). Upon reset, PMR3 is initialized to H'97. For bit 3, see 10.2.6, Port Mode Register 3 (PMR3). Bit 7: Reserved bit Bit 7 is reserved; it always reads 1, and cannot be modified. H8/300L 11.2.5 (P .com DataSheet 4 U .com 195 www..com Bit 6: Pin SO2 PMOS on/off (SO2PMOS) Bit 6 enables or disables the PMOS buffer transistor of pin P96/SO2. Bit 6 SO2PMOS 0 1 Description PMOS transistor of pin P96/SO2 is enabled: CMOS output. PMOS transistor of pin P96/SO2 is disabled: NMOS open-drain output. (initial value) Bit 5: Chip select output select (CS) In combination with bit SI2 in port mode register 2 (PMR2), bit 5 selects the CS output function of pin P95/SI2/CS . The CS output pin function is valid when an internal clock source is selected as the serial clock, and only in transmit mode. PMR2 Bit 5 SI2 U.com 0 PMR3 Bit 5 CS 0 1 1 0 1 Description Pin P95/SI2/CS functions as P95 I/O pin. Pin P95/SI2/CS functions as P95 I/O pin. Pin P95/SI2/CS functions as SI2 input pin. Pin P95/SI2/CS functions as CS output pin. .com t4 (initial value) DataShee Bits 4 and 2 to 0: Reserved bits These bits are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 196 www..com 11.3 Operation 11.3.1 Overview SCI2 has a 32-byte data buffer, making possible continuous transfer of up to 32 bytes of data with one operation. SCI2 transmits and receives data in synchronization with clock pulses. Selection of transmit or receive mode and of the serial clock is made in serial control register 2 (SCR2). The start address register (STAR) and end address register (EDAR) designate the area within the 32-byte data buffer for holding transfer data. The address range from H'FF80 to H'FF9F is allocated to this data buffer. The start and end positions of the transfer data area are indicated in the lower 5 bits of STAR and EDAR. After parameters have been set in port mode register 2 (PMR2), port mode register 3 (PMR3), SCR2, STAR, and EDAR, then when the STF bit of the status register (STSR) is set to 1, SCI2 ombegins a transfer operation. STF remains set to 1 during the transfer, and is cleared to 0 when thehee t4U.c DataS transfer is complete. The STF bit can therefore be used as a busy flag. Clearing the STF bit to 0 during a transfer stops the transfer operation and initializes SCI2. The contents of the data buffer and of other registers are unchanged in this case. During a transfer, the CPU cannot read or write the data buffer. If a write instruction is issued it is .com ignored; it has the same effect as a NOP instruction except that it takes more states. Read access during a transfer yields H'FF. When the transfer is complete, or if a data buffer read or write is attempted during the transfer, bit IRRS2 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. In case of an overrun error or a data buffer read or write during the transfer, bit OVR or WT of STSR is set to 1. Note: If the start address is set to a value higher than the end address, the result is as shown in figure 11-2. The data transfer wraps around from address H'FF9F to address H'FF80 and continues to the end address. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 197 www..com H'FF80 End H'00 End address Start Start address H'FF9F H'1F Figure 11-2 Operation When Start Address Exceeds End Address 11.3.2 Clock Three internal clock sources or an external clock may be selected as the serial clock. When an internal clock is selected, pin SCK2 becomes the clock output pin. t4U.com 11.3.3 Data Transfer Format Figure 11-3 shows the SCI2 data transfer format. Data is sent and received starting from the least significant bit, in LSB-first format. Transmit data is output from one falling edge of the serial clock until the next falling edge. Receive.com rising edge of the clock. data is latched at the '91 H8/300L When SCI2 operates on an internal clock and is in transmit mode, a gap may be inserted at data divisions (every 8 bits or 16 bits). During this gap, the serial clock stays at the high level for a designated number of clock cycles (see figures 11-4 through 11-6). The CS output remains low during the gap. Gap insertion and the length of the gap are designated in bits GAP2 and GAP1 in serial control register 2 (SCR2). Bit GIT in the status register (STSR) designates whether gaps occur at 8-bit or 16-bit intervals. DataShee Fig. 11-2 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 198 www..com CS SCK2 SO2 Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Held Don't care Figure 11-3 Synchronous Data Transfer Format Does not go to low level SCK 2 output Bit 14 (Bit 6) Bit 15 (Bit 7)* Bit 16 (Bit 8) Bit 17 (Bit 9) t4U.com DataShee SO2 SI 2 input data latch timing .com Note: * When bit GIT = 1, a gap is inserted at 8-bit intervals. Figure 11-4 1-Clock Gap Insertion (Bits GAP2 and GAP1 = 01) Does not go to low level SCK 2 output Bit 14 (Bit 6) Bit 15 (Bit 7)* Bit 16 (Bit 8) SO2 SI 2 input data latch timing Note: * .com When bit GIT = 1, a gap is inserted at 8-bit intervals. H8/300L '91 Fig. 11-4 Figure 11-5 2-Clock Gap Insertion (Bits GAP2 and GAP1 = 10) DataSheet 4 U .com 199 www..com Serial clock x 8 SCK 2 output Bit 14 (Bit 6) Bit 15 (Bit 7)* Bit 16 (Bit 8) SO2 SI 2 input data latch timing Note: * When bit GIT = 1, a gap is inserted at 8-bit intervals. Figure 11-6 8-Clock Gap Insertion (Bits GAP2 and GAP1 = 11) 11.3.4 Data Transmit/Receive t4U.com 1. SCI2 initialization DataShee Serial communication on SCI2 first of all requires that SCI2 be initialized by software. This involves clearing bit STF in the status register (STSR) to 0, then selecting pin functions and transfer modes in port mode register 2 (PMR2), port mode register 3 (PMR3), the start .com address register (STAR), the end address register (EDAR), and serial control register 2 (SCR2). 2. Transmitting A transmit operation is carried out as follows. * H8/300L '91 Fig. 11-6 Set bit SO2 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1, making pin P96/SO2 the SO2 output pin. If necessary, set the SO2PMOS bit and CS bit in PMR3 for NMOS open-drain output at pin SO2 and for chip select output at pin P95/SI2/CS . Write transmit data in the 32-byte data buffer (H'FF80 to H'FF9F). Set the transfer start address in the lower 5 bits of STAR. Set the transfer end address in the lower 5 bits of EDAR. * * * * In SCR2, select transmit mode (bit I/O = 1), the serial clock, and gap insertion (internal clock operation only). .com * Select the data gap interval with bit GIT of STRS, then set bit STF to 1. Setting bit STF starts the transmit operation. DataSheet 4 U .com 200 www..com * After data transmission is complete, bit IRRS2 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1, and bit STF in STSR is cleared to 0. If an internal clock source is used, a serial clock is output from pin SCK2 in synchronization with the transmit data. After data transmission is completed, the serial clock is not output until bit STF is again set. During this time, pin SO2 continues to output the value of the last bit transmitted. When an external clock source is used, data is transmitted in synchronization with the serial clock input at pin SCK2. After data transmission is completed, further transmission does not take place even if the serial clock continues to be input; pin SO2 continues to output the value of the last bit transmitted. Between transmissions, the output value of pin SO2 can be changed by rewriting bit SO2 LAST BIT in STSR. An attempt to read or write the data buffer during transmission will cause bit IRRS2 in IRR3 to be set to 1. Bit WT in STSR will also be set to 1. om t4U.c DataShee 3. Receiving A receive operation is carried out as follows. * * Set bit SI2 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1, making pin P95/SI1/CS the SI2 input pin. .com Allocate an area to hold the received data in the 32-byte data buffer and set the start address in the lower 5 bits of the start address register (STAR). Set the transfer end address in the lower 5 bits of the end address register (EDAR). In serial control register 2 (SCR2), select receive mode (bit I/O = 0) and the serial clock. Set bit STF of the status register (STSR) to 1, starting the receive operation. After receiving is completed, bit IRRS2 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1, and bit STF is cleared to 0. Read the received data from the data buffer. * * * * * If an internal clock source is used, setting bit STF to 1 in STSR immediately starts a data receive operation. The serial clock is output from pin SCK2. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 201 www..com When an external clock source is used, after bit STF is set, data is received in synchronization with the clock input at pin SCK2. After receiving is completed, no further receive operations take place until bit STF is again set, even if the serial clock continues to be input. An attempt to read or write the data buffer during receiving will cause bit IRRS2 in IRR3 and bit WT in STSR to be set to 1. Bit OVR in STSR is set to 1 if an overrun error occurs. When SCI2 operates on an internal clock and is in transmit mode, a gap may be inserted at data divisions (every 8 bits or 16 bits). During this gap, serial clock stays at the high level for a designated number of clock cycles (see figures 11-4 through 11-6). Gap insertion and the length of the gap are designated in bits GAP2 and GAP1 of SCR2. Bit GIT of STSR designates whether gaps occur at 8-bit or 16-bit intervals. 11.4 Interrupts SCI2 can generate interrupts when a transfer is completed and when the data buffer is read or written t4U.com during a transfer. These interrupts are assigned to the same vector address. When the above conditions occur, bit IRRS2 in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. SCI2 interrupt requests can be enabled or disabled in bit IENS2 of interrupt enable register 3 (IENR3). For further details, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. DataShee .com When an overrun error occurs, or when a read or write of the data buffer is attempted during a transfer, the OVR or WT bit in the status register (STSR) is set to 1. These bits can be used to determine the cause of the error. 11.5 Application Notes 1. Do not write to any register during a transfer (while bit STF of STSR is set to 1), since this can cause misoperation. When receiving, set bit SI2 in port mode register 2 (PMR2) to 1 and clear bit CS in port mode register 3 (PMR3) to 0 to select the SI2 pin function. If bit CS = 1 and bit SI2 = 1, selecting the CS pin function, incorrect data will be received. 2. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 202 www..com Section 12 VFD Controller/Driver 12.1 Overview The H8/3714 Series is equipped with an on-chip vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) controller/ driver and high-voltage, high-current pins, for direct VFD driving. 12.1.1 Features The VFD controller/driver has the following features. * Maximum of 24 segment pins and 16 digit pins (20 segment pins, eight digit pins, and eight switched segment/digit pins). Brightness can be adjusted in eight steps (dimmer function). Automatic shifting of displayed digit. * * om t4U.c * * * Da pins. e Digit pins and segment pins can be switched over to use as general-purpose high-voltage taShe Optional key scan interval. Interrupt generated when key scan interval starts. .com 12.1.2 Block Diagram Figure 12-1 shows a block diagram of the VFD controller/driver. Internal data bus VFDR DBR VFSR IRRKS Display timing generator circuit VFD display RAM Digit pins Segment pins .com Notation: VFDR: VFD digit control register DBR: Digit beginning register VFSR: VFD segment control register IRRKS: Key scan interrupt request flag (bit 6 of interrupt request register 3) Figure 12-1 Block Diagram of VFD Controller/Driver DataSheet 4 U .com 203 www..com 12.1.3 Pin Configuration Table 12-1 shows the VFD controller/driver pin configuration. Table 12-1 Pin Configuration Name Digit/segment pins Abbrev. FD0/FS7 to FD7/FS0 I/O Output Function Digit or segment pins for vacuum fluorescent display (function selected in DBR for each bit) Digit pins for vacuum fluorescent display Segment pins for vacuum fluorescent display Digit pins Segment pins FD8 to FD15 FS8 to FS23 Output Output 12.1.4 Register Configuration Table 12-2 shows the VFD controller/driver register configuration. t4U.com Table 12-2 Register Configuration Name VFD display RAM VFD segment control register VFD digit control register Digit beginning register Abbrev. -- R/W Initial Value Address H'FEC0 to H'FEFF H'FFB9 H'FFBA H'FFBB DataShee R/W Not .com fixed R/W R/W R/W H'20 H'00 H'20 VFSR VFDR DBR .com DataSheet 4 U .com 204 www..com 12.2 Register Descriptions 12.2.1 VFD Digit Control Register (VFDR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 FLMO 0 R/W 6 DM2 0 R/W 5 DM1 0 R/W 4 DM0 0 R/W 3 DR3 0 R/W 2 DR2 0 R/W 1 DR1 0 R/W 0 DR0 0 R/W VFDR is an 8-bit read/write register for control of digit output. Upon reset, VFDR is initialized to H'00. Bit 7: VFD mode bit (FLMO) Bit 7 designates the time per digit (Tdigit) and the dimmer resolution (Tdimmer). Tdigit is also the time per key scan. t4U.comBit 7 FLMO 0 1 Digit/Key Scan Time (Tdigit) Period 1536/ (initial value) 768/ = 4 MHz 384 s 192 s = 2 MHz 768 s Dimmer Resolution (Tdimmer) taShee Da Period = 4 MHz = 2 MHz 96/ (initial value) 24 s 12 s 48 H8/300L s 24 s 12.2.1 (V 384 s .com48/ The frame period (Tframe) is calculated using the equation below. Tframe = Tdigit x (D + K) D: Number of digit pins used K: 1 if key scan is used; 0 if not used .com DataSheet 4 U .com 205 www..com Bits 6 to 4: Digit waveform select (DM2 to DM0) Bits 6 to 4 select the digit waveform. Bit 6 DM2 0 Bit 5 DM1 0 Bit 4 DM0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 *1 Digit Signal Waveform (initial value) t4U.com DataShee .com Tdigit*2 Tdimmer*2 *1 Notes: 1. Segment signal transition timing 2. For Tdimmer and Tdigit, see under FLMO bit. H8/300L '91 (12) Table (Bit 6 to 4) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 206 www..com Bits 3 to 0: Digit pin select (DR3 to DR0) Bits 3 to 0, in combination with bits 3 to 0 of the digit beginning register (DBR), designate the digit pins used. Bit 3 DR3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Bit 2 DR2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Bit 1 DR1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 DR0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Pins Valid as Digit Pins FD0 to FD15 FD0 to FD14 FD0 to FD13 FD0 to FD12 FD0 to FD11 FD0 to FD10 FD0 to FD9 FD0 to FD8 FD0 to FD7 FD0 to FD6 FD0 to FD5 FD0 to FD4 FD0 to FD3 .com FD0 to FD2 FD0 to FD1 FD0 (initial value) t4U.com1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 DataShee Note: For the switching between digit and segment use of pins FD0/FS7 to FD7/FS0, which can function as either digit or segment pins, see 12.2.3, Digit Beginning Register (DBR). FDm FDm+1 FDm+2 to FDn-2 FDn-1 FDn Segment data .com Figure 12-2 Order of Digit Output DataSheet 4 U .com 207 www..com 12.2.2 VFD Segment Control Register (VFSR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 VFLAG 0 R/W 6 KSE 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 SR4 0 R/W 3 SR3 0 R/W 2 SR2 0 R/W 1 SR1 0 R/W 0 SR0 0 R/W VFSR is an 8-bit read/write register for control of segment output. Upon reset, VFSR is initialized to H'20. Bit 7: VFD/port switching flag (VFLAG) Bit 7 designates whether pins Pnn/FDnn and Pnn/FSnn are used as VFD pins (FDnn, FSnn) or as general-purpose ports (Pnn). Bit 7 VFLAG Description All of pins Pnn/FDnn and all of pins Pnn/FSnn function as general-purpose ports. t4U.com 0 1 (initial value) ataShee H8/300L '91 D 12.2.2 (VFSR) Pnn/FDnn and Pnn/FSnn function as VFD pins according to the designations in bits DR3 to DR0 in the VFD digit control register (VFDR), bits SR4 to SR0 in VFSR, and bits DBR3 to DBR0 in the digit beginning register (DBR). Note: Even when this flag is set to 1, during a key scan interval the segment pins function as general-purpose ports; for this reason, when this flag is read during a key scan interval it reads 0. .com Bit 6: Key scan enable (KSE) Bit 6 enables or disables the addition of a key scan interval (Tdigit) to the VFD operation frame specified by the combination of bits DR3 to DR0 in the VFD digit control register, bits SR4 to SR0 in the VFD segment control register, and bits DBR3 to DBR0 in the digit beginning register. Bit 6 KSE 0 1 Description No key scan interval. A key scan interval can be added. See also under bit 7 (VFLAG) above. (initial value) Bit 5: Reserved bit Bit 5 is reserved; it always reads 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 208 www..com Bits 4 to 0: Segment pin select (SR4 to SR0) Bits 4 to 0, in combination with bits 3 to 0 of the digit beginning register (DBR), designate the segment pins used. Bit4 SR4 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 om0 t4U.c 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bit 3 SR3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Bit 2 SR2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 Bit 1 SR1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 SR0 Pins Valid as Segment Pins 0 FS0 1 FS0 to FS1 0 FS0 to FS2 1 FS0 to FS3 0 FS0 to FS4 1 FS0 to FS5 0 FS0 to FS6 1 FS0 to FS7 0 FS0 to FS8 1 FS0 to FS9 0 FS0 to FS10 1 FS0 to FS11 0 FS0 to FS12 1 FS0 to FS13 0 FS0 to FS14 .com 1 FS0 to FS15 0 FS0 to FS16 1 FS0 to FS17 0 FS0 to FS18 1 FS0 to FS19 0 FS0 to FS20 1 FS0 to FS21 0 FS0 to FS22 1 FS0 to FS23 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 (initial value) DataShee .com function as either digit or segment pins, see 12.2.3, Digit Beginning Register (DBR). Note: For the switching between digit and segment use of pins FD0/FS7 to FD7/FS0, which can DataSheet 4 U .com 209 www..com 12.2.3 Digit Beginning Register (DBR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 VFDE 0 R/W 6 DISP 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 0 R/W 3 DBR3 0 R/W 2 DBR2 0 R/W 1 DBR1 0 R/W 0 DBR0 0 R/W DBR is an 8-bit read/write register for on/off control of the VFD controller/driver and for switching functions of pins that can be either digit or segment pins. Bit 7: VFD enable (VFDE) Bit 7 switches the VFD controller/driver on and off. Bit 7 VFDE 0 1 t4U.com Description VFD controller/driver is in reset state. VFD controller/driver is operative. (initial value) Note: This setting is unrelated to whether pins Pnn/FDnn and Pnn/FSnn are used as VFD pins or 12.2.3 (DBR) as general-purpose ports. H8/300L taShee Da '91 Bit 6: Display bit (DISP) Bit 6 switches the display on and off. Bit 6 DISP 0 1 Description All segment pins (FS) are in the non-illuminating state (pulled down). (initial value) Register and RAM values are unchanged. Digit pins (FD) continue operating. Display RAM data is output to segment pins (FS). .com Bit 5: Reserved bit Bit 5 is reserved; it always reads 1, and cannot be modified. Bit 4: Reserved bit Bit 4 is reserved, but it can be written and read. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 210 www..com Bits 3 to 0: Digit/segment pin function switch (DBR3 to DBR0) Bits 3 to 0 designate the first digit pin and the first segment pin of those pins that can function both ways. Bits DR3 to DR0 of the VFD digit control register (VFDR) and bits SR4 to SR0 of VFSR must be set so that the first digit and segment pins are operational. Otherwise these pins will not function. Bit 3 DBR3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 t4U.com 0 1 Bit 2 DBR2 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 * Bit 1 DBR1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 * Bit 0 DBR0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 * Functions of FD0/FS7 to FD7/FS0 FD0 to FD7 FD1 to FD7, FS7 FD2 to FD7, FS7 to FS6 FD3 to FD7, FS7 to FS5 FD4 to FD7, FS7 to FS4 FD5 to FD7, FS7 to FS3 FD6 to FD7, FS7 to FS2 FD7, FS7 to FS1 FS7 to FS0 (initial value) DataShee Notes: Digit pins (FD) and segment pins (FS) are controlled by both VFDR and VFSR. During a key scan interval, digit pins (FD) and segment pins (FS) function as general-purpose ports. * Don't care. .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 211 www..com 12.3 Operation 12.3.1 Overview The VFD controller/driver may use up to 24 segment pins (FS) and up to 16 digit pins (FD). Of these, 8 pins may be used as either segment or digit pins; their function is switched in the digit beginning register (DBR). The 32 pins assigned to the VFD controller are high-voltage, highcurrent pins capable of directly driving a VFD. 12.3.2 Control Section The control section consists of the VFD digit control register (VFDR), VFD segment control register (VFSR), digit beginning register (DBR), display timing generator circuit, and VFD display RAM (see figure 12-1). Display timing is determined by the number of digits per frame. When the key scan feature is activated, the frame is extended by one digit; during that interval only, segment pins and digit pins may be t4U.com used as general purpose ports by the CPU. These pins are in the non-illuminating state ataShee D (pulled down) during the key scan interval. 12.3.3 RAM Bit Correspondence to Digits/Segments VFD display data is set in the VFD display RAM at addresses H'FEC0 through H'FEFF. .com Table 12-3 shows the correspondence between digit/segment pins and the VFD display RAM bits. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 212 Table 12-3 Digit/Segment Pins and VFD Display RAM Bits Port Seg Dig 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 H'FEC3 H'FEC7 H'FECB H'FECF H'FED3 H'FED7 H'FEDB H'FEDF H'FEE3 H'FEE7 H'FEEB H'FEEF H'FEF3 H'FEF7 H'FEFB H'FEFF MSB H'FEC2 H'FEC6 H'FECA H'FECE H'FED2 H'FED6 H'FEDA H'FEDE H'FEE2 H'FEE6 H'FEEA H'FEEE H'FEF2 H'FEF6 H'FEFA H'FEFE LSB MSB H'FEC1 H'FEC5 H'FEC9 H'FECD H'FED1 H'FED5 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 Seg Dig 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 LSB 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 Port DataShee H'FEC0 H'FEC4 H'FEC8 H'FECC H'FED0 H'FED4 H'FED8 H'FEDC H'FEE0 H'FEE4 H'FEE8 H'FEEC H'FEF0 H'FEF4 H'FEF8 H'FEFC LSB MSB www..com 77 Note: Areas not used for display may be used as general-purpose RAM. 213 .com DataSheet 4 U .com LSB MSB t4U.com .com H'FED9 H'FEDD H'FEE1 H'FEE5 H'FEE9 H'FEED H'FEF1 H'FEF5 H'FEF9 H'FEFD www..com 12.3.4 Procedure for Starting Operation The procedure for starting operation of the VFD controller/driver is given below for a case in which digit pins FD3 to FD15 and segment pins FS5 to FS23 are used. It is assumed that data has already been written to the VFD display RAM area. * Select the digit/key-scan time and dimmer resolution with bit FLMO of the VFD digit control register (VFDR), and select the digit waveform with bits DM2 to DM0. Clear bits DR3 to DR0 to 0000, making pins FD0 to FD15 operational. Set the VFLAG bit of the VFD segment control register (VFSR) to 1, making the selected pins valid as VFD pins. Set bit KSE to enable or disable the key scan interval. Set bits SR4 to SR0 to 11011, making pins FS0 to FS23 operational. * Set bits DBR3 to DBR0 in the digit beginning register (DBR) to 0011, designating pin FD3 as the first digit pin and pin FS5 as the first segment pin. Set bit DISP to 1, turning the display on, and set bit VFDE to 1, starting VFD controller/driver operation. om t4U.c DataShee 12.4 Interrupts When the key scan interval starts, bit IRRKS in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. These VFD interrupt requests can be enabled or disabled by means of bit IENKS of interrupt enable register 3 (IENR3). For further details, see 3.2.2, Interrupts. .com * 12.5 Occurrence of Flicker when VFD Registers are Rewritten The VFD controller/driver is initialized whenever one of its registers (VFDR, VFSR, DBR) is rewritten. If this initialization takes place while a digit is being displayed, the contents displayed just prior to initialization will in some cases remain as an after-image in other digits. (This depends in part on the performance of the vacuum fluorescent display, but a momentary glow may be visible.) Frequent rewriting of the registers can make these after-images bright enough to appear as a false display. This problem can be avoided by employing the following programming sequence when VFD controller/driver registers are rewritten. Step 1. 2. 3. 4. Description DISP = 0 VFLAG = 0 Rewrite register (FLMO, DM0 to DM3, etc.) Wait for at least Tdigit (display time of one digit). (Execute other routines.) If the wait time is too long, the entire display may flicker. If the key scan feature is activated, this wait time does not have to be specially programmed. .com VFLAG = 1 5. 6. DISP = 1 DataSheet 4 U .com 214 www..com Section 13 A/D Converter 13.1 Overview The H8/3714 Series includes on-chip a resistance-ladder type successive-approximation A/D converter, which can convert up to eight channels of analog input. 13.1.1 Features The A/D converter has the following features. * * * * t4U.com * 8-bit resolution Eight input channels Conversion time: 14.8 s per channel (min, at fosc = 8.38 MHz) Built-in sample-and-hold function Interrupt requested on completion of A/D conversion DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 215 www..com 13.1.2 Block Diagram Figure 13-1 shows a block diagram of the A/D converter. PMR0 (8b) AMR (4b) Port Port Port Port Port Port Port Port + Control logic Control circuitry (successive approximation, interrupt request, etc.) - R255 R254 R253 R252 R251 Successive approximation finds the input voltage by changing a reference voltage (VREF ). RESET LPM (low-power mode) ADRR Chopper-type comparator ADSR Internal data bus MPX P00/AN0 P01/AN1 P02/AN2 P03/AN3 P04/AN4 P05/AN5 P06/AN6 P07/AN7 t4U.com AVCC Reference voltage VREF Interrupt DataShee .com R1 AVSS One of 256 switches is selected by binary search. The reference voltage value resulting from eight comparisons is set in ADDR. (The eighth value is equal to the analog input voltage.) The internal ladder resistance is 35 k to 40 k typ (approximately). Upon reset and in low-power operation modes (sleep, watch, subactive, or standby modes), the ladder resistance is disconnected from AVSS by a switching transistor. The AV CC current at this time is a leakage current Alcc of 1 A or less (approximate value). Notation: PMR0: Port mode register 0 AMR: A/D mode register ADSR: A/D start register ADRR: A/D result register IRRAD: A/D conversion end interrupt request flag (interrupt request register 3) RESET: Signal set to 1 upon reset LPM: Signal set to 1 in low-power modes .com Figure 13-1 Block Diagram of A/D Converter DataSheet 4 U .com 216 www..com 13.1.3 Pin Configuration Table 13-1 shows the A/D converter pin configuration. Table 13-1 Pin Configuration Name Analog power supply pin Analog ground pin Analog input pin 0 Analog input pin 1 Analog input pin 2 Analog input pin 3 Analog input pin 4 Analog input pin 5 Abbrev. AVCC AVSS AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 I/O Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Function Analog power supply and reference voltage Analog ground and reference voltage Analog input channel 0 Analog input channel 1 Analog input channel 2 Analog input channel 3 Analog input channel 4 Analog input channel 5 Analog input channel 6 Analog input channel 7 t4U.comAnalog input pin 6 Analog input pin 7 DataShee 13.1.4 Register Configuration Table 13-2 shows the A/D converter register configuration. .com Table 13-2 Register Configuration Name A/D mode register A/D start register A/D result register Port mode register 0 Abbrev. AMR ADSR ADRR PMR0 R/W R/W R/W R W Initial Value H'78 H'7F Not fixed H'00 Address H'FFBC H'FFBE H'FFBD H'FFEF .com DataSheet 4 U .com 217 www..com 13.2 Register Descriptions 13.2.1 A/D Result Register (ADRR) Bit Initial value Read/Write Note: * Not fixed 7 ADR7 * R 6 ADR6 * R 5 ADR5 * R 4 ADR4 * R 3 ADR3 * R 2 ADR2 * R 1 ADR1 * R 0 ADR0 * R The A/D result register (ADRR) is an 8-bit read-only register for holding the result of analog-todigital conversion. ADRR can be read by the CPU at any time, but the ADRR value during A/D conversion is not fixed. After A/D conversion is complete, the conversion result is stored in ADRR as 8-bit data; this data is held t4U.com in ADRR until the next conversion operation starts. DataShee ADRR is not cleared on reset. 13.2.2 A/D Mode Register (AMR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 AMR7 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- H8/300L '91 13.2.1 (ADRR) .com 5 4 3 -- 1 -- -- 1 -- -- 1 -- 2 AMR2 0 R/W 1 AMR1 0 R/W 0 AMR0 0 R/W AMR is an 8-bit read/write register for selecting the A/D conversion speed and analog input pin. Writing to AMR should be done with the A/D start flag (ADSF) cleared to 0 in the A/D start register (ADSR). Upon reset, AMR is initialized to H'78. H8/300L '91 13.2.2 (AMR) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 218 www..com Bit 7: Clock select (AMR7) Bit 7 sets the A/D conversion speed.*1 Bit 7 AMR7 0 1 Conversion Period*2 62/ 31/ = 2 MHz 31 s 15.5 s = 4 MHz 14.8 s --*1 (initial value) Notes: 1. Operation is not guaranteed if the conversion time is less than 14.8 s. Set bit 7 for a value of at least 14.8 s. 2. A/D conversion starts after a value of 1 is written to ADSF. The conversion period starts when the start flag is set and ends when it is reset upon completion of conversion. The actual time during which sample and hold are repeated is called the conversion interval (see figure 13-2). State t4U.com Instruction execution MOV B. DataShee WRITE Start flag .com Conversion interval Conversion period (31 or 62 states) Interrupt request flag IRQ sampling (CPU) Note: IRQ sampling: When conversion is complete, the start flag is reset and the interrupt request flag is set. An interrupt is recognized by the CPU in the last instruction execution state, and interrupt exception handling is executed after that instruction is completed. Figure 13-2 Internal Operation of A/D Converter .com DataSheet 4 U .com 219 www..com Bits 6 to 3: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 3 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. Bits 2 to 0: Channel select (AMR2 to AMR0) Bits 2 to 0 select the analog input channel. Settings are also required in port mode register 0 (PMR0). See 13.2.4, Port Mode Register 0 (PMR0). Bit 2 AMR2 0 0 0 0 1 t4U.com 1 1 1 Bit 1 AMR1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 Bit 0 AMR0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Analog Input Channel AN0 AN1 AN2 AN3 AN4 AN5 AN6 AN7 (initial value) DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 220 www..com 13.2.3 A/D Start Register (ADSR) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 ADSF 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- The A/D start register (ADSR) is an 8-bit read/write register for starting and stopping A/D conversion. A/D conversion is started by writing 1 to the A/D start flag (ADSF). When conversion is complete, the converted data is set in the A/D result register (ADRR), and at the same time ADSF is cleared to 0. Bit 7: A/D start flag (ADSF) Bit 7 is for controlling and confirming the start and end of A/D conversion. t4U.comBit 7 ADSF 0 Description [Read access] Indicates that A/D conversion has been completed or stopped. [Write access] .com Stops A/D conversion. 1 [Read access] Indicates A/D conversion in progress. [Write access] Starts A/D conversion. H8/300L e DataShe 13.2.3 (A (initial value) Bits 6 to 0: Reserved bits Bits 6 to 0 are reserved; they always read 1, and cannot be modified. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 221 www..com 13.2.4 Port Mode Register 0 (PMR0) Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 AN7 0 W 6 AN6 0 W 5 AN5 0 W 4 AN4 0 W 3 AN3 0 W 2 AN2 0 W 1 AN1 0 W 0 AN0 0 W PMR0 is an 8-bit write-only register for designating whether each of the port 0 pins is used as a general-purpose input pin or as an analog input channel to the A/D converter. Designation is made separately for each pin. Upon reset, PMR0 is initialized to H'00. Bit n ANn 0 1 Description Pin P0n/ANn is used for general-purpose input. Pin P0n/ANn is an analog input channel. (initial value) t4U.com (n = 0 to 7) DataShee H8/300L '91 13.3 Operation 13.2.4 (PMR0) The A/D converter operates by successive approximations, and yields its conversion result as 8-bit data. .com A/D conversion begins when software sets the A/D start flag (bit ADSF) to 1. Bit ADSF keeps a value of 1 during A/D conversion, and is cleared to 0 automatically when conversion is complete. The completion of conversion also sets bit IRRAD in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) to 1. An A/D conversion end interrupt is requested if bit IENAD in interrupt enable register 3 (IENR3) is set to 1. If the conversion time or input channel needs to be changed in the A/D mode register (AMR) during A/D conversion, bit ADSF should first be cleared to 0, stopping the conversion operation, in order to avoid misoperation. 13.4 Interrupts When A/D conversion is complete (ADSF changes from 1 to 0), bit IRRAD in interrupt request register 3 (IRR3) is set to 1. A/D conversion end interrupts can be enabled or disabled by means of bit IENAD in interrupt enable register 3 .com(IENR3). For further details see 3.2.2, Interrupts. DataSheet 4 U .com 222 www..com 13.5 Typical Use An example of how the A/D converter can be used is given below, using channel 1 (AN1) as the analog input channel. Figure 13-3 shows the operation timing for this example. 1. Bits AMR2 to AMR0 of the A/D mode register (AMR) are set to 001, and bits AN7 to AN0 of port mode register 0 (PMR0) are set to 00000010, making AN1 the analog input channel. Interrupt request is cleared by setting bit IRRAD to 0, A/D interrupts are enabled by setting bit IENAD to 1, and A/D conversion is started by setting bit ADSF to 1. When A/D conversion is complete, bit IRRAD is set to 1, and the A/D conversion results are sent to the A/D result register (ADRR). At the same time ADSF is cleared to 0, and the A/D converter goes to the idle state. Bit IENAD = 1, so an A/D conversion end interrupt is requested. The A/D interrupt handling routine starts. The A/D conversion result is read and processed. The A/D interrupt handling routine ends. 2. 3. 4. t4U.com 5. 6. DataShee If ADSF is set to 1 again afterward, A/D conversion starts and steps 2 through 6 take place. .com Figures 13-4 and 13-5 show flow charts of procedures for using the A/D converter. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 223 .com DataSheet 4 U .com Figure 13-3 Typical A/D Converter Operation Timing 224 www..com t4U.com Interrupt Set* IENAD A/D conversion starts Set* Set* Reset* .com ADSF Channel 1 (AN 1 ) operation states Idle A/D conversion 1 Idle A/D conversion 2 Idle Conversion result read* ADRR A/D conversion result 1 Conversion result read * A/D conversion result 2 When the next A/D conversion starts, the previous result is lost. Note: * ( ) indicates instruction execution by software. DataShee www..com START Set A/D conversion speed and input channels Disable A/D conversion end interrupt Start A/D conversion t4U.com Read ADSR DataShee No .com ADSF = 0? Yes Read ADRR data Yes Perform A/D conversion? No END Figure 13-4 Flow Chart of Procedure for Using A/D Converter (1) (Polling by Software) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 225 www..com START Set A/D converter speed and input channels Clear bit IRRAD to 0 Enable A/D conversion end interrupt t4U.com Start A/D conversion DataShee Yes A/D conversion .com end interrupt? No Clear bit IRRAD to 0 in IRR3 Read ADRR data Yes Perform A/D conversion? No END Figure 13-5 Flow Chart of Procedure for Using A/D Converter (2) (Interrupts Used) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 226 www..com 13.6 Application Notes 1. Data in the A/D result register (ADRR) should be read only when the A/D start flag (ADSF) in the A/D start register (ADSR) is cleared to 0. Changing a digital input signal at a nearby pin during A/D conversion may adversely affect conversion accuracy. The pin selected as an analog input channel in the A/D mode register (AMR) must also be designated as an analog input channel in port mode register 0 (PMR0). 2. 3. t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 227 www..com Section 14 Electrical Specifications 14.1 Absolute Maximum Ratings Table 14-1 gives the absolute maximum ratings. Table 14-1 Absolute Maximum Ratings Item Supply voltage Programming voltage Analog supply voltage Analog input voltage Pin voltage (standard pins) Pin voltage (high-voltage pins) Symbol VCC VPP AVCC AVin VT VT Top Tstg Rating -0.3 to +7.0 -0.3 to +14.0 -0.3 to +7.0 -0.3 to AVCC +0.3 -0.3 to VCC +0.3 VCC -45 to VCC +0.3 -20 to +75 -55 to +125 Unit V V V V V V C C Notes 1, 2 1, 2, 3 1, 2 1, 2 1, 2, 4 1, 2, 5 1, 2 1, 2 t4U.comOperating temperature Storage temperature DataShee Notes: 1. Permanent damage may occur to the chip if maximum ratings are exceeded. Normal operation should be under the conditions specified in Electrical Characteristics. Exceeding these values can result in incorrect operation and reduced reliability. .com 2. All voltages are referenced to VSS. 3. Applies to the ZTATTM version. 4. Applies to standard-voltage pins. 5. Applies to high-voltage pins. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 229 www..com 14.2 HD6473714 Electrical Characteristics 14.2.1 HD6473714 DC Characteristics Table 14-2 gives the allowable current values of the HD6473714. Table 14-3 gives the DC characteristics. Table 14-2 Allowable Output Current Values Conditions: VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Allowable input current (sink) Allowable output current (source) Allowable output current (source) Total allowable input current (sink) Total allowable output current (source) t4U.com Symbol IO -IO -IO IO -IO Rating 2 2 20 50 150 Unit mA mA mA mA mA Notes 1, 2 2, 3 3, 4 5 6 Notes: 1. Allowable input current means the maximum current that can flow from each I/O pin to VSS. 2. Applies to standard-voltage pins. 3. Allowable output current means the maximum current that can flow from VCC to each I/O pin. 4. Applies to high-voltage pins. .com 5. Total allowable input current means the sum of current that can flow at one time from all I/O pins to VSS. 6. Total allowable output current means the sum of current that can flow from VCC to all I/O pins. DataShee .com DataSheet 4 U .com 230 www..com Table 14-3 DC Characteristics Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Input high voltage Applicable Symbol Pins VIH RES IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 SCK1, SCK2 SI1, SI2 EVENT, UD OSC1 Rating Test Conditions Min 0.8 VCC VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.9 VCC incl. subactive mode VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode Typ -- -- Max VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 Unit V Notes -- VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 V V VCC -0.5 -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC -0.3 -- incl. subactive mode t4U.com P00 to P07 P10, P11, P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode -- V DataShee -- VCC +0.3 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode .com -0.3 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode -0.3 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode -- -- 0.2 VCC 0.1 VCC V Input low voltage VIL RES, SCK1, SCK2 IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 SI1, SI2 EVENT, UD OSC1 -- -- -- -- 0.3 VCC 0.5 0.3 0.3 VCC V V P00 to P07 P10, P11, P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC -40 incl. subactive mode -- 0.3 VCC V .com Note: Connect the TEST pin to VSS. DataSheet 4 U .com 231 www..com Table 14-3 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Applicable Symbol Pins P10, P11, P14, P15 P90 to P97 PWM, SO1, SO2, SCK1, SCK2 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 Rating Test Conditions -IOH = 1.0 mA -IOH = 0.5 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -IOH = 0.3 mA -IOH = 15 mA -IOH = 10 mA -IOH = 4 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -IOH = 4 mA P10, P11, P14, P15 P90 to P97 PWM, SO1, SO2, SCK1, SCK2 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 Input leakage current |IIL | RES VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V IOL = 1.6 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V IOL = 0.5 mA Min Typ Max -- -- -- Unit V Notes Item Output high VOH voltage VCC -1.0 -- VCC -0.5 -- VCC -0.5 -- VCC -3.0 -- VCC -2.0 -- VCC -1.0 -- -- -- -- -- -- V VCC -1.0 -- -- 0.4 V V t4U.com Output low VOL voltage Reference value DataShee -- 0.4 -- V .com -- -- VCC -37 V Reference value Pull-down resistance 150 k; pull-down voltage VCC -40 V VIN = 0.0 to VCC -- -- 40 A .com DataSheet 4 U .com 232 www..com Table 14-3 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Applicable Symbol Pins TEST SCK1, SCK2 SI1, SI2 IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 EVENT, UD OSC1 P00 to P07 P10, P11 P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 CIN Input pins other than power supply pins and I/O pins P16/EVENT RES Rating Test Conditions VIN = 0.0 to VCC Min -- Typ -- Max 1 Unit A Notes I/O leakage |IIL | current t4U.com VIN = VCC -40 to VCC -- -- 20 A DataShee Input capacitance f = 1 MHz, VIN = 0 V Ta = 25C -- -- 20 pF .com -- -- -- -- 35 70 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 233 www..com Table 14-3 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Power dissipation when CPU operating in active mode Symbol IOPE Applicable Pins Test Conditions VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz Power dissipation during reset in active mode IRES VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz Rating Min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Typ 17 9 6 6 3 1.5 2.5 1.5 Max -- -- -- 9 5 -- 3.5 2.0 -- 20 -- -- -- 6 -- -- -- 10 A A A A A A A A A 2 Reference value 2 2 Reference value 2 mA 1 mA 1 Unit mA Notes Reference value 1 t4U.com Power ISLEEP dissipation in sleep mode DataShee VCC = 3 .com 1.0 V, -- fOSC = 4 MHz Power ISUB dissipation in subactive mode VCC VCC = 2.7 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used VCC = 5.0 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used VCC VCC = 2.7 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used VCC = 5.0 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used Power dissipation in standby mode ISTBY VCC 32 kHz crystal oscillator not used X1 = VCC -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 6 11 16 22 3.2 3.8 10 12 -- Power IWATCH dissipation in watch mode .com DataSheet 4 U .com 234 www..com Table 14-3 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item RAM data retention voltage in standby mode Symbol VSTBY Applicable Pins Test Conditions VCC 32 kHz crystal oscillator not used X1 = VCC Rating Min 2 Typ -- Max -- Unit V Notes Notes: 1. Does not include current flowing to output buffer. 2. Reference value when bypass capacitor of 47 F is connected between VCC and VSS. t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 235 www..com 14.2.2 HD6473714 AC Characteristics Table 14-4 gives the control signal timing of the HD6473714. Table 14-5 gives the serial interface timing. Table 14-4 Control Signal Timing Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Clock pulse generator frequency Clock cycle time Symbol fOSC Applicable Pins Test Conditions OSC1, OSC2, OSC1, OSC2, Rating Min 2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 2 119 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 238 238 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V fx X1, X2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 476 -- Typ -- -- -- -- -- -- Max 8.4 4.2 500 500 1000 1000 kHz ns ns Figure 14-1 Unit MHz Reference Diagram tCYC Instruction t4U.com cycle time Subclock pulse generator frequency Subclock cycle time Subactive instruction cycle time Oscillator settling time (crystal oscillator) Oscillator settling time (ceramic oscillator) Oscillator settling time External clock pulse width (high) External clock pulse width (low) External clock rise time DataShee 32.768 -- tsubcyc SUB X1, X2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- .com VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- 30.5 -- s s 244.14 -- trc OSC1, OSC2, OSC1, OSC2, X1, X2 OSC1 -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- 40 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 100 40 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 100 -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 40 60 20 40 2 -- -- -- -- 20 20 20 20 ms trc ms trc tCPH tCPL tCPr s ns Figure 14-1 OSC1 OSC1 OSC1 ns ns .com tCPf External clock fall time ns DataSheet 4 U .com 236 www..com Table 14-4 Control Signal Timing (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item RES pin pulse width (low) IRQ pin pulse width (high) IRQ pin pulse width (low) EVENT pin pulse width (high) EVENT pin pulse width (low) Symbol tREL tIH tIL tEVH tEVL tUDH tUDL Applicable Pins Test Conditions RES VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 10 2 2 2 2 2 Typ -- -- -- -- -- -- Max -- -- -- -- -- -- Unit SUB SUB Figure 14-4 Reference Diagram Figure 14-2 Figure 14-3 IRQ0, IRQ1, VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V IRQ4, IRQ5 IRQ0, IRQ1, VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V IRQ4, IRQ5 EVENT EVENT UD VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V t4U.comhigh/low width UD pin minimum Figure 14-5 taShee Da Table 14-5 Serial Interface Timing Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, .com VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Output serial clock cycle time Output serial clock pulse width (high) Output serial clock pulse width (low) Output serial clock rise time Output serial clock fall time Input serial clock cycle time Symbol tscyc tSCKH Applicable Pins Test Conditions SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 2 0.4 Typ -- -- Max -- -- Unit tscyc Reference Diagram Figure 14-6 tSCKL VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.4 -- -- tscyc tSCKr tSCKf tscyc tSCKH -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- 1 0.4 -- -- -- -- -- -- 60 80 60 80 -- -- ns ns tscyc .com Input serial clock pulse width (high) DataSheet 4 U .com 237 www..com Table 14-5 Serial Interface Timing (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Input serial clock pulse width (low) Input serial clock rise time Input serial clock fall time Serial output data delay time Serial input data setup time t4U.com Serial input data hold time Transfer pending time Symbol tSCKL Applicable Pins Test Conditions SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SO1, SO2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V tsSI thSI tSCK2 SI1, SI2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V SI1, SI2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V SCK2 When pin SCK2 is input pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 0.4 Typ -- Max -- Unit tscyc Reference Diagram Figure 14-6 tSCKr tSCKf tdSO -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- -- -- 230 470 230 470 0.2 0.4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 60 80 60 80 200 350 -- -- -- -- 40 40 ns ns ns ns DataShee ns s .com Figure 14-7 When pin SCK2 is input pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V When pin SCK2 is output pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Transfer end acknowledge time tCS CS VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- 1 tscyc 3 -- 4 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 238 www..com 14.2.3 HD6473714 A/D Converter Characteristics Table 14-6 gives the HD6473714 A/D converter characteristics. Table 14-6 A/D Converter Characteristics Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Analog supply voltage Analog input voltage Analog supply omcurrent U.c Analog input capacitance Symbol AVCC Applicable Pins AVCC Rating Test Conditions Min VCC -0.3 Typ VCC Max VCC +0.3 Unit V Notes AVIN AICC AISTOP CAIN AN0 to AN7 AVCC AVCC = 5 V Reset and powerdown mode AN0 to AN7 AN0 to AN7 AVSS -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AVCC 200 10 30 10 V A A pF k t4 DataShee Allowable RAIN signal source impedance Resolution Absolute accuracy .com -- VCC = AVCC = 5 V VCC = AVCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V -- -- 31 -- -- 2.5 15.5 8 2.5 -- 14.8 s Bit LSB Reference value Conversion time .com DataSheet 4 U .com 239 www..com 14.3 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 Electrical Characteristics 14.3.1 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 DC Characteristics Table 14-7 gives the allowable current values of the HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714. Table 14-8 gives the DC characteristics. Table 14-7 Allowable Output Current Values Conditions: VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Allowable input current (sink) Allowable output current (source) Allowable output current (source) Total allowable input current (sink) Total allowable output current (source) t4U.com Total allowable output current to Vdisp Symbol IO -IO -IO IO -IO -IO Rating 2 2 20 50 150 30 Unit mA mA mA mA mA mA Notes 1, 2 2, 3 3, 4 5 6 7 DataShee Notes: 1. Allowable input current means the maximum current that can flow from each I/O pin to VSS. 2. Applies to standard-voltage pins. 3. Allowable output current means the maximum current that can flow from VCC to each I/O .com pin. 4. Applies to high-voltage pins. 5. Total allowable input current means the sum of current that can flow at one time from all I/O pins to VSS. 6. Total allowable output current means the sum of current that can flow from VCC to all I/O pins. 7. Total allowable output current to Vdisp is the sum of current that can flow from all I/O pins to Vdisp. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 240 www..com Table 14-8 DC Characteristics Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Input high voltage Applicable Symbol Pins VIH RES IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 SCK1, SCK2 SI1, SI2 EVENT, UD OSC1 Rating Test Conditions Min 0.8 VCC VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V 0.9 VCC incl. subactive mode VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode Typ -- -- Max VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 Unit V Notes -- VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 VCC +0.3 V V VCC -0.5 -- VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V VCC -0.3 -- incl. subactive mode t4U.com P00 to P07 P10, P11 P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode -- V DataShee -- VCC +0.3 V VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V 0.7 VCC incl. subactive mode .com -0.3 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode -0.3 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode -- -- 0.2 VCC 0.1 VCC V Input low voltage VIL RES, SCK1, SCK2 IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 SI1, SI2 EVENT, UD OSC1 -- -- -- -- 0.3 VCC 0.5 0.3 0.3 VCC V V P00 to P07 P10, P11 P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -0.3 incl. subactive mode V VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V VCC -40 incl. subactive mode -- 0.3 VCC V .com Note: Connect the TEST pin to VSS. DataSheet 4 U .com 241 www..com Table 14-8 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Applicable Symbol Pins P10, P11 P14, P15 P90 to P97 PWM, SO1, SO2, SCK1, SCK2 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 Rating Test Conditions -IOH = 1.0 mA -IOH = 0.5 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -IOH = 0.3 mA -IOH = 15 mA -IOH = 10 mA -IOH = 4 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -IOH = 4 mA VOL P10, P11 P14, P15 P90 to P97 PWM, SO1, SO2, SCK1, SCK2 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V IOL = 1.6 mA VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V IOL = 0.5 mA Min Typ Max -- -- -- Unit V Notes Output high VOH voltage VCC -1.0 -- VCC -0.5 -- VCC -0.5 -- VCC -3.0 -- VCC -2.0 -- VCC -1.0 -- -- -- -- -- -- V VCC -1.0 -- -- 0.4 V V t4U.com Output low voltage Reference value DataShee Reference value With MOS pull-down -- 0.4 -- V .com -- Vdisp = VCC -40 V -- VCC -37 V Pull-down resistance 150 k; pull-down voltage VCC -40 V Mask ROM version: VIN = 0.0 to VCC -- -- VCC -37 Input leakage current |IIL | RES -- -- 1 A .com DataSheet 4 U .com 242 www..com Table 14-8 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Applicable Symbol Pins TEST SCK1, SCK2 SI1, SI2 IRQ0, IRQ1 IRQ4, IRQ5 EVENT, UD OSC1 P00 to P07 P10, P11 P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 P17 -Ip P10, P11 P14 to P16 P90 to P97 P40 to P47 P50 to P57 P60 to P67 P70 to P77 Input pins other than power supply pins and I/O pins P17 Rating Test Conditions VIN = 0.0 to VCC Min -- Typ -- Max 1 Unit A Notes I/O leakage |IIL | current t4U.com VIN = VCC -40 to VCC -- -- 20 A Not including Da with ee pins taSh MOS pull-down Pull-up MOS current Pull-down MOS current VCC = 5 V, VIN = 0 V 50 -- 25 -- 280 -- 300 -- 800 -- 15 A Reference value A Reference value pF VCC = 2.7 V, -- .com VIN = 0 V Vdisp = VCC -36 VIN = VCC Vdisp = VCC -18 VIN = VCC f = 1 MHz, VIN = 0 V Ta = 25C 120 -- -- Id Input capacitance CIN -- -- 30 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 243 www..com Table 14-8 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Power dissipation when CPU operating in active mode Symbol IOPE Applicable Test Conditions Pins VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHZ VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz Power dissipation during reset in active mode IRES VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz Rating Min -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Typ 15 8 5 5 2.5 1.3 2 1 Max -- -- -- 8 4 -- 3 1.5 -- 20 -- -- -- 5 -- -- -- 5 A A A A A A A A A 2 Reference value 2 2 Reference value 2 mA 1 mA 1 Unit mA Notes Reference value 1 t4U.com ISLEEP Power dissipation in sleep mode DataShee VCC = 3 .com 0.6 V, -- fOSC = 4 MHz ISUB Power dissipation in subactive mode VCC VCC = 2.5 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used VCC = 5.0 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used IWATCH Power dissipation in watch mode VCC VCC = 2.5 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used VCC = 5.0 V 32 kHz crystal oscillator used Power dissipation in standby mode ISTBY VCC 32 kHz crystal oscillator not used X1 = VCC -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 5 9 13 20 2.2 2.8 6 8 -- .com DataSheet 4 U .com 244 www..com Table 14-8 DC Characteristics (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item RAM data retention voltage in standby mode Symbol VSTBY Applicable Test Conditions Pins VCC 32 kHz crystal oscillator not used X1 = VCC Rating Min 2 Typ -- Max -- Unit V Notes Notes: 1. Does not include current flowing to pull-up MOS or output buffer. 2. Reference value when bypass capacitor of 47 F is connected between VCC and VSS. t4U.com DataShee .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 245 www..com 14.3.2 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 AC Characteristics Table 14-9 gives the control signal timing of the HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714. Table 14-10 gives the serial interface timing. Table 14-9 Control Signal Timing Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Clock pulse generator frequency Clock cycle time Symbol fOSC Applicable Test Conditions Pins OSC1, OSC2, OSC1, OSC2, Rating Min 2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 2 119 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 238 238 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V fx X1, X2 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V 476 -- Typ -- -- -- -- -- -- Max 8.4 4.2 500 500 1000 1000 kHz ns ns Figure 14-1 Unit MHz Reference Diagram tCYC Instruction t4U.com cycle time Subclock pulse generator frequency Subclock cycle time Subactive instruction cycle time Oscillator settling time (crystal oscillator) Oscillator settling time (ceramic oscillator) Oscillator settling time External clock pulse width (high) External clock pulse width (low) External clock rise time DataShee 32.768 -- tsubcyc SUB X1, X2 VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -- .com VCC = 2.5 to 5.5 V -- 30.5 -- s s 244.14 -- trc OSC1, OSC2, OSC1, OSC2, X1, X2 OSC1 -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- 40 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 100 40 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 100 -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 40 60 20 40 2 -- -- -- -- 20 20 20 20 ms trc ms trc tCPH tCPL tCPr s ns Figure 14-1 OSC1 OSC1 OSC1 ns ns .com tCPf External clock fall time ns DataSheet 4 U .com 246 www..com Table 14-9 Control Signal Timing (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item RES pin pulse width (low) IRQ pin pulse width (high) IRQ pin pulse width (low) EVENT pin pulse width (high) EVENT pin pulse width (low) Symbol tREL tIH tIL tEVH tEVL tUDH tUDL Applicable Test Conditions Pins RES IRQ0, IRQ1 IRQ4, IRQ5 IRQ0, IRQ1 IRQ4, IRQ5 EVENT EVENT UD VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 10 2 2 2 2 2 Typ -- -- -- -- -- -- Max -- -- -- -- -- -- Unit SUB SUB Figure 14-4 Reference Diagram Figure 14-2 Figure 14-3 t4U.comhigh/low width UD pin minimum Figure 14-5 taShee Da Table 14-10 Serial Interface Timing Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, .com VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Output serial clock cycle timing Output serial clock pulse width (high) Output serial clock pulse width (low) Output serial clock rise time Output serial clock fall time Input serial clock cycle timing Symbol tscyc tSCKH Applicable Test Conditions Pins SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 2 0.4 Typ -- -- Max -- -- Unit tscyc Reference Diagram Figure 14-6 tSCKL VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V 0.4 -- -- tscyc tSCKr tSCKf tscyc tSCKH -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- 1 0.4 -- -- -- -- -- -- 60 80 60 80 -- -- ns ns tscyc .com Input serial clock pulse width (high) DataSheet 4 U .com 247 www..com Table 14-10 Serial Interface Timing (cont) Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Input serial clock pulse width (low) Input serial clock rise time Input serial clock fall time Serial output data delay time Serial input data setup time t4U.com Serial input data hold time Transfer pending time Symbol tSCKL Applicable Test Conditions Pins SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SCK1, SCK2 SO1, SO2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V tsSI thSI tSCK2 SI1, SI2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V SI1, SI2 VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V SCK2 When pin SCK2 is input pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Rating Min 0.4 Typ -- Max -- Unit tscyc Reference Diagram Figure 14-6 tSCKr tSCKf tdSO -- VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V -- -- -- -- -- 230 470 230 470 0.2 0.4 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 60 80 60 80 200 350 -- -- -- -- 40 40 ns ns ns ns DataShee ns s When pin SCK2 is input pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V When pin SCK2 is output pin VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V Transfer end acknowledge time tCS CS VCC = 2.7 to 5.5 V .com Figure 14-7 -- -- 1 tscyc 3 -- 4 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 248 www..com 14.3.3 HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 A/D Converter Characteristics Table 14-11 gives the HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 A/D converter characteristics. Table 14-11 A/D Converter Characteristics Conditions: Unless otherwise indicated, VCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V, Vdisp = VCC - 40 to VCC, VSS = 0.0 V, Ta = -20 to +75C Item Analog supply voltage Analog input voltage Analog supply omcurrent U.c Analog input capacitance Symbol AVCC Applicable Pins AVCC Rating Test Conditions Min VCC -0.3 Typ VCC Max VCC +0.3 Unit V Notes AVIN AICC AISTOP CAIN AN0 to AN7 AVCC AVCC = 5 V Reset and powerdown mode AN0 to AN7 AN0 to AN7 AVSS -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AVCC 200 10 30 10 V A A pF k t4 DataShee Allowable RAIN signal source impedance Resolution Absolute accuracy .com -- VCC = AVCC = 5 V VCC = AVCC = 4.0 to 5.5 V -- -- 31 -- -- 2.5 15.5 8 2.5 -- 14.8 s Bit LSB Reference value Conversion time .com DataSheet 4 U .com 249 www..com 14.4 Operational Timing This section provides operational timing diagrams (figures 14-1 to 14-8). tcyc OSC1 VIH VIL tCPH tCPr tCPf tCPL Figure 14-1 System Clock Input Timing t4U.com RES VIL tREL DataShee Figure 14-2 RES Pin Pulse Width (Low) .com IRQ0, IRQ1, IRQ4, IRQ5 VIH VIL tIL tIH Figure 14-3 IRQ Pin Input Timing EVENT VIH VIL tEVL tEVH .com Figure 14-4 EVENT Pin Minimum Pulse Widths 250 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com VIH VIL tUDL tUDH UD Figure 14-5 UD Pin Minimum High/Low Width tscyc SCK1 SCK2 VIH or VOH* VIL or VOL* tSCKf tSCKL tdso tSCKr tSCKH t4U.com DataShee SO1 SO2 VOH* .com tssi SI1 SI2 thsi VOL* Note: * Output timing reference levels: Output high level: VOH: 2.0 V Output low level: VOL: 0.8 V See figure 14-8 for the load conditions. Figure 14-6 SCI I/O Timing .com DataSheet 4 U .com 251 www..com VOH* CS VOL* tSCK2 tCS SCK2 VIH or VOH* VIL or VOL* Note: * Output timing reference levels: Output high level: VOH: 2.0 V Output low level: VOL: 0.8 V See figure 14-8 for the load conditions. t4U.com Figure 14-7 Serial Communication Interface 2 Chip Select Timing DataShee .com VCC 2.4 k Output pin 30 pF 12 k Figure 14-8 Output Load Conditions .com DataSheet 4 U .com 252 www..com 14.5 Differences in Electrical Characteristics between HD6473714 and HD6433712/HD6433713/HD6433714 Table 14-12 shows the difference in electrical characteristics between the HD6473714 and HD6433712/HD6433713/HD6433714. Table 14-12 Differences in Electrical Characteristics between HD6473714 and HD6433712/HD6433713/HD6433714 Applicable Pins VCC Mask ROM Version ZTATTM Version Test Conditions Min 2.5 Typ -- Max 5.5 Min 2.7 Typ -- Max Unit 5.5 V Item Operation range in subactive mode Symbol Input leakage |IIL | current Input t4U.com CIN RES P16/EVENT P17/Vdisp RES -- -- -- -- VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, .com fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 15 8 5 5 2.5 1.3 2 1 0.6 1 15 30 15 -- -- -- 8 4 -- 3 1.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 17 9 6 6 3 1.5 2.5 1.5 1 40 35 A pF capacitance hee D 20 ataS 70 -- mA Power dissipation when CPU operating in active mode IOPE VCC -- -- 9 5 -- 3.5 2 -- mA Power dissipation during reset in active mode IRES VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz Power dissipation in sleep mode ISLEEP VCC VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 8 MHz VCC = 5 V, fOSC = 4 MHz VCC = 3 V, fOSC = 4 MHz .com DataSheet 4 U .com 253 www..com Table 14-12 Differences in Electrical Characteristics between HD6473714 and HD6433713/HD6433714 (cont) Applicable Pins VCC Mask ROM Version ZTATTM Version Test Conditions VCC = 2.5 V (no bypass capacitor) VCC = 2.5 V (47 F bypass capacitor) VCC = 2.7 V (no bypass capacitor) VCC = 2.7 V (47 F bypass capacitor) VCC = 5 V (no bypass capacitor) -- -- 13 20 -- -- Min -- -- Typ 5 9 Max 20 -- Min Typ Max Unit A Item Power dissipation in subactive mode Symbol ISUB -- -- 6 11 20 -- -- -- 16 22 -- -- t4U.com Power dissipation in watch mode IWATCH VCC VCC = 5 V (47 F bypass capacitor) VCC = 2.5 V (no bypass capacitor) DataShee -- 2.2 2.8 5 -- A VCC = 2.5 V -- (47 F bypass .com capacitor) VCC = 2.7 V (no bypass capacitor) VCC = 2.7 V (47 F bypass capacitor) VCC = 5 V (no bypass capacitor) VCC = 5 V (47 F bypass capacitor) -- -- -- -- 3.2 3.8 6 -- 6 8 -- -- -- -- 10 12 -- -- Power P dissipation in standby mode ISTBY VCC -- -- 5 -- -- 10 A .com DataSheet 4 U .com 254 www..com Appendix A CPU Instruction Set A.1 Instruction Notation Operation Notation Rd8/16 Rs8/16 Rn8/16 CCR N Z V C General register (destination) (8 or 16 bits) General register (source) (8 or 16 bits) General register (8 or 16 bits) Condition code register N (negative) flag in CCR Z (zero) flag in CCR V (overflow) flag in CCR C (carry) flag in CCR Program counter Stack pointer Immediate data (3, 8, or 16 bits) Displacement (8 or 16 bits) Absolute address (8 or 16 bits) Addition Subtraction Multiplication Division AND logical OR logical Exclusive OR logical Move Logical complement t4U.com PC SP #xx: 3/8/16 d: 8/16 @aa: 8/16 + - x / -- DataShee .com Condition Code Notation Symbol * Modified according to the instruction result Not fixed (value not guaranteed) 0 Always cleared to 0 .com -- Not affected by the instruction execution result DataSheet 4 U .com 255 www..com A.2 Operation Code Map Table A-1 is an operation code map. It shows the operation codes contained in the first byte of the instruction code (bits 15 to 8 of the first instruction word). Instruction when first bit of byte 2 (bit 7 of first instruction word) is 0. Instruction when first bit of byte 2 (bit 7 of first instruction word) is 1. t4U.com DataShee .com H8/350 U.M. '91 A.2 Illust .com DataSheet 4 U .com 256 Table A-1 Operation Code Map LO 0 1 2 3 HI 4 5 DataShee 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NOP SLEEP STC LDC ORC OR XORC XOR ANDC AND LDC ADD SUB INC ADDS SUBS MOV CMP ADDX SUBX DAA DAS SHLL SHLR ROTXL ROTXR NOT DEC SHAL SHAR ROTL ROTR NEG MOV BRA BRN BHI BLS BCC RTS BCS BSR BNE RTE BEQ BVC BVS BPL BMI BGE BLT BGT JSR BLE MULXU DIVXU JMP .com BST MOV * BSET BNOT BCLR BTST BOR BXOR BAND BIST BLD BILD MOV EEPMOV Bit manipulation instruction BIOR BIXOR BIAND ADD ADDX CMP A B SUBX OR C D E F XOR AND www..com MOV Note: * The PUSH and POP instructions are identical in machine language to MOV instructions. 257 .com DataSheet 4 U .com t4U.com www..com A.3 Number of States Required for Execution Table A-2 Instruction Set Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa @Rn Condition Code -- I HNZVC Mnemonic MOV.B #xx:8, Rd MOV.B Rs, Rd MOV.B @Rs, Rd MOV.B @(d:16, Rs), Rd MOV.B @Rs+, Rd Operation B #xx:8 Rd8 B Rs8 Rd8 B @Rs16 Rd8 B @(d:16, Rs16) Rd8 B @Rs16 Rd8 Rs16+1 Rs16 B @aa:8 Rd8 B @aa:16 Rd8 B Rs8 @Rd16 B Rs8 @(d:16, Rd16) Rn 2 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 2 ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- 0--2 0--2 0--4 0--6 0--6 0--4 0--6 0--4 0--6 0--6 0--4 0--6 0--4 0--2 0--4 0--6 0--6 0--6 0--4 0--6 0--6 0--6 0--6 0--6 t4U.com MOV.B @aa:8, Rd MOV.B @aa:16, Rd MOV.B Rs, @Rd MOV.B Rs, @(d:16, Rd) MOV.B Rs, @--Rd MOV.B Rs, @aa:8 MOV.B Rs, @aa:16 MOV.W #xx:16, Rd MOV.W Rs, Rd MOV.W @Rs, Rd DataShee B Rd16-1 Rd16 .com Rs8 @Rd16 B Rs8 @aa:8 B Rs8 @aa:16 W #xx:16 Rd W Rs16 Rd16 W @Rs16 Rd16 W @Rs16 Rd16 Rs16+2 Rs16 W @aa:16 Rd16 W Rs16 @Rd16 W Rd16-2 Rd16 Rs16 @Rd16 W Rs16 @aa:16 W @SP Rd16 SP+2 SP W SP-2 SP Rs16 @SP MOV.W @(d:16, Rs), Rd W @(d:16, Rs16) Rd16 MOV.W @Rs+, Rd MOV.W @aa:16, Rd MOV.W Rs, @Rd MOV.W Rs, @(d:16, Rd) W Rs16 @(d:16, Rd16) MOV.W Rs, @--Rd MOV.W Rs, @aa:16 POP Rd PUSH Rs .com DataSheet 4 U .com 258 www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC Mnemonic EEPMOV Operation Rn -- if R4L0 then Repeat @R5 @R6 R5+1 R5 R6+1 R6 R4L-1 R4L Until R4L=0 else next B Rd8+#xx:8 Rd8 B Rd8+Rs8 Rd8 W Rd16+Rs16 Rd16 B Rd8+#xx:8 +C Rd8 B Rd8+Rs8 +C Rd8 W Rd16+1 Rd16 W Rd16+2 Rd16 B Rd8+1 Rd8 B Rd8 decimal adjust Rd8 B Rd8-Rs8 Rd8 W Rd16-Rs16 Rd16 B Rd8-#xx:8-C Rd8 B Rd8-Rs8-C Rd8 W Rd16-1 Rd16 W Rd16-2 Rd16 B Rd8-1 Rd8 B Rd8 decimal adjust Rd8 B 0-Rd Rd B Rd8-#xx:8 B Rd8-Rs8 W Rd16-Rs16 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 ------------ ADD.B #xx:8, Rd ADD.B Rs, Rd -- -- -- -- 2 2 2 Data 2 2 t4U.c ADD.W Rs, Rd om -- ADDX.B #xx:8, Rd Shee ADDX.B Rs, Rd ADDS.W #1, Rd ADDS.W #2, Rd INC.B Rd DAA.B Rd SUB.B Rs, Rd SUB.W Rs, Rd SUBX.B #xx:8, Rd SUBX.B Rs, Rd SUBS.W #1, Rd SUBS.W #2, Rd DEC.B Rd DAS.B Rd NEG.B Rd CMP.B #xx:8, Rd CMP.B Rs, Rd CMP.W Rs, Rd ------------ 2 ------------ 2 ---- --* -- -- -- --2 *2 2 2 2 2 .com 2 2 2 2 -- ------------ 2 ------------ 2 ---- --* -- -- -- --2 *--2 2 2 2 2 -- .com DataSheet 4 U .com 259 www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC Mnemonic MULXU.B Rs, Rd DIVXU.B Rs, Rd Operation B Rd8 x Rs8 Rd16 B Rd16/Rs8 Rd16 (RdH: remainder, RdL: quotient) B Rd8#xx:8 Rd8 B Rd8Rs8 Rd8 B Rd8#xx:8 Rd8 B Rd8Rs8 Rd8 B Rd8#xx:8 Rd8 B Rd8Rs8 Rd8 B Rd Rd B C b7 0 2 2 2 Rn 2 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- 14 -- -- -- -- 14 AND.B #xx:8, Rd AND.B Rs, Rd OR.B #xx:8, Rd OR.B Rs, Rd ---- 2 ---- ---- 2 ---- ---- 2 2 2 ---- ---- ---- 0--2 0--2 0--2 0--2 0--2 0--2 0--2 2 t4U.com XOR.B #xx:8, Rd XOR.B Rs, Rd NOT.B Rd SHAL.B Rd DataShee .com b0 C 2 ---- 02 SHAR.B Rd B b7 b0 SHLL.B Rd B C b7 b0 0 2 ---- 02 SHLR.B Rd B 0 b7 b0 C 2 ---- 0 0 2 ROTXL.B Rd B C b7 b0 2 ---- 02 ROTXR.B Rd B b7 H8/350 U.M. '91 b0 Table A-1 SHAL, SHLL C H8/350 U.M. '91 Table A-1 SHAR H8/350 U.M. '91 260 Table A-1 SHAL, SHLL 2 ---- 02 .com DataSheet 4 U .com www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC ---- Mnemonic ROTL.B Rd Operation C b7 b0 Rn B 2 02 ROTR.B Rd B C b7 b0 2 ---- 02 BSET #xx:3, Rd B (#xx:3 of Rd8) 1 B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) 1 B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) 1 B (Rn8 of Rd8) 1 B (Rn8 of @Rd16) 1 B (Rn8 of @aa:8) 1 2 4 4 2 4 4 ------------ 2 ------------ 8 t4U.com BSET #xx:3, @aa:8 BSET Rn, Rd BSET Rn, @Rd BSET Rn, @aa:8 BCLR #xx:3, Rd BCLR #xx:3, @Rd BCLR #xx:3, @aa:8 BCLR Rn, Rd BCLR Rn, @Rd BCLR Rn, @aa:8 BNOT #xx:3, Rd BNOT #xx:3, @Rd BNOT #xx:3, @aa:8 BNOT Rn, Rd BNOT Rn, @Rd BNOT Rn, @aa:8 BSET #xx:3, @Rd -- -- -- -- -- -- DataShee 8 ------------ 2 ------------ 8 ------------ 8 ------------ 2 ------------ 8 B (#xx:3 of Rd8) 0 2 .com B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) 0 B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) 0 B (Rn8 of Rd8) 0 B 2 4 4 ------------ 8 ------------ 2 ------------ 8 B (Rn8 of @aa:8) 0 B (#xx:3 of Rd8) (#xx:3 of Rd8) H8/350 U.M. '91 (Rn8 of @Rd16) 0 4 Table A-1 ROTL 2 4 ------------ 8 ------------ 2 ------------ 8 ------------ 8 ------------ 2 B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) (#xx:3 of @Rd16) B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) (#xx:3 of @aa:8) B (Rn8 of Rd8) (Rn8 of Rd8) B (Rn8 of @Rd16) (Rn8 of @Rd16) B (Rn8 of @aa:8) (Rn8 of @aa:8) H8/350 U.M. '91 Table A-1 ROTR 4 4 2 4 4 ------------ 8 ------------ 8 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 261 www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC Mnemonic BTST #xx:3, Rd BTST #xx:3, @Rd BTST #xx:3, @aa:8 BTST Rn, Rd BTST Rn, @Rd BTST Rn, @aa:8 BLD #xx:3, Rd Operation B (#xx:3 of Rd8) Z B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) Z B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) Z B (Rn8 of Rd8) Z B (Rn8 of @Rd16) Z B (Rn8 of @aa:8) Z B (#xx:3 of Rd8) C B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B (#xx:3 of Rd8) C B (#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B (#xx:3 of @aa:8) C Rn 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 2 4 4 ------ ---- 2 ------ ---- 6 ------ ---- 6 ------ ---- 2 ------ ---- 6 ------ ---- 6 ---------- 2 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 ------------ 2 4 4 ------------ 8 ------------ 8 ------------ 2 4 4 ------------ 8 ------------ 8 ---------- 2 4 4 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 4 4 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 4 4 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 4 ---------- 6 t4U.com BLD #xx:3, @aa:8 BILD #xx:3, Rd BILD #xx:3, @Rd BILD #xx:3, @aa:8 BST #xx:3, Rd BST #xx:3, @Rd BST #xx:3, @aa:8 BIST #xx:3, Rd BIST #xx:3, @Rd BIST #xx:3, @aa:8 BAND #xx:3, Rd BAND #xx:3, @Rd BAND #xx:3, @aa:8 BIAND #xx:3, Rd BIAND #xx:3, @Rd BIAND #xx:3, @aa:8 BOR #xx:3, Rd BOR #xx:3, @Rd BOR #xx:3, @aa:8 BIOR #xx:3, Rd BIOR #xx:3, @Rd BLD #xx:3, @Rd -- -- -- -- DataShee --6 B C (#xx:3 of Rd8) .com2 B C (#xx:3 of @Rd16) B C (#xx:3 of @aa:8) B C (#xx:3 of Rd8) B C (#xx:3 of @Rd16) B C (#xx:3 of @aa:8) B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C 2 2 2 2 2 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 262 www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa 2 Mnemonic BIOR #xx:3, @aa:8 BXOR #xx:3, Rd BXOR #xx:3, @Rd BXOR #xx:3, @aa:8 BIXOR #xx:3, Rd BIXOR #xx:3, @Rd BIXOR #xx:3, @aa:8 Operation Branching Condition @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C B C(#xx:3 of Rd8) C B C(#xx:3 of @Rd16) C B C(#xx:3 of @aa:8) C -- PC PC+d:8 -- PC PC+2 -- If -- condition is true -- then -- PC PC+d:8 -- else next; -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PC Rn16 -- PC aa:16 -- PC @aa:8 -- SP-2 SP PC @SP PC PC+d:8 CZ=0 CZ=1 C=0 C =.com 1 Z=0 Z=1 V=0 V=1 N=0 N=1 NV = 0 NV = 1 Z (NV) = 0 Z (NV) = 1 2 2 4 2 4 Rn 4 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 ---------- 2 ---------- 6 ---------- 6 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 ------------ 4 4 4 t4U.com (BF d:8) BRN d:8 BHI d:8 BLS d:8 BCC d:8 (BHS d:8) BCS d:8 (BLO d:8) BNE d:8 BEQ d:8 BVC d:8 BVS d:8 BPL d:8 BMI d:8 BGE d:8 BLT d:8 BGT d:8 BLE d:8 JMP @Rn JMP @aa:16 JMP @@aa:8 BSR d:8 BRA d:8 (BT d:8) -- -- -- -- -- -- DataShee 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 ------------ 4 4 ------------ 6 ------------ 8 ------------ 6 2 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 263 www..com Table A-2 Instruction Set (cont) Addressing Mode/ Instruction Length (bytes) Operand Size No. of States @-Rn/@Rn+ @(d:16, Rn) @(d:8, PC) @aa:8/16 #xx:8/16 @@aa 2 @Rn Condition Code -- IHNZVC Mnemonic JSR @Rn Operation -- SP-2 SP PC @SP PC Rn16 -- SP-2 SP PC @SP PC aa:16 SP-2 SP PC @SP PC @aa:8 -- PC @SP SP+2 SP -- CCR @SP SP+2 SP PC @SP SP+2 SP -- Transit to sleep mode. .com B #xx:8 CCR B Rs8 CCR B CCR Rd8 B CCR#xx:8 CCR B CCR#xx:8 CCR B CCR#xx:8 CCR -- PC PC+2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Rn 2 ------------ 6 JSR @aa:16 4 ------------ 8 JSR @@aa:8 ------------ 8 RTS t4U.com RTE 2 ------------ 8 2 DataShee 10 SLEEP LDC #xx:8, CCR LDC Rs, CCR STC CCR, Rd ANDC #xx:8, CCR ORC #xx:8, CCR XORC #xx:8, CCR NOP Notes: 2 ------------ 2 2 2 2 2 2 ------------ 2 2 ------------ 2 Set to 1 when there is a carry or borrow from bit 11; otherwise cleared to 0. If the result is zero, the previous value of the flag is retained; otherwise the flag is cleared to 0. Set to 1 if decimal adjustment produces a carry; otherwise cleared to 0. The number of states required for execution is 4n+9 (n = value of R4L). Set to 1 if the divisor is negative; otherwise cleared to 0. Set to 1 if the divisor is zero; otherwise cleared to 0. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 264 www..com Appendix B On-Chip Registers B.1 On-Chip Registers (1) Addr. (Last Register Byte) Name H'A0 STAR H'A1 EDAR H'A2 SCR2 H'A3 STSR Bit Names Bit 7 -- -- -- -- Bit 6 -- -- -- -- Bit 5 -- -- -- -- Bit 4 STA4 EDA4 I/O SO2 LAST BIT Bit 3 STA3 EDA3 GAP2 OVR Bit 2 STA2 EDA2 GAP1 WT Bit 1 STA1 EDA1 PS1 GIT Bit 0 STA0 EDA0 PS0 STF Module Name SCI2 H'A4 -- to H'AF Not used -- t4U.comH'B1 H'B0 SMR1 SDRU1 -- SMR16 SMR15 SMR14 SMR13 SMR12 SMR11 SMR10 SCI1 SDRU17 SDRU16 SDRU15 SDRU14 SDRU13 SDRU12 SDRU11 SDRU10DataShe SDRL17 SDRL16 SDRL15 SDRL14 SDRL13 SDRL12 SDRL11 SDRL10 SO1 LAST BIT -- -- -- -- -- VFLAG FLMO VFDE AMR7 ADR7 ADSF -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- e H'B2 SDRL1 H'B3 SPR1 H'B4 -- H'B5 -- H'B6 -- H'B7 -- H'B8 -- H'B9 VFSR H'BA VFDR H'BB DBR H'BC AMR H'BD ADRR H'BE ADSR H'BF -- -- -- -- -- -- KSE DM2 DISP -- ADR6 -- -- .com -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- DM1 -- -- ADR5 -- -- -- -- -- -- SR4 DM0 -- -- ADR4 -- -- -- -- -- -- SR3 DR3 DBR3 -- ADR3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SR2 DR2 DBR2 AMR2 ADR2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SR1 DR1 DBR1 AMR1 ADR1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SR0 DR0 DBR0 AMR0 ADR0 -- -- -- VFD controller/ driver A/D converter Notation: SCI1: Serial communication interface 1 SCI2: Serial communication interface 2 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 265 www..com B.1 On-Chip Registers (1) (cont) Addr. (Last Register Byte) Name H'C0 TMA H'C1 TCA H'C2 TMB H'C3 TLB/TCB H'C4 TMC H'C5 TLC/TCC H'C6 TMD H'C7 TCD H'C8 TME H'C9 TLE/TCE t4U.com H'CA -- H'CB -- H'CC PWCR H'CD PWDRU H'CE PWDRL H'CF -- H'D0 PDR0 H'D1 PDR1 H'D2 -- H'D3 -- H'D4 PDR4 H'D5 PDR5 H'D6 PDR6 H'D7 PDR7 H'D8 -- H'D9 PDR9 H'DA -- H'DB -- H'DC -- Bit Names Bit 7 -- TCA7 TMB7 TLB7/ TCB7 TMC7 TLC7/ TCC7 CLR TCD7 TME7 TLE7/ TCE7 -- -- -- -- Bit 6 -- TCA6 -- TLB6/ TCB6 TMC6 TLC6/ TCC6 -- TCD6 -- TLE6/ TCE6 -- -- -- -- Bit 5 -- TCA5 -- TLB5/ TCB5 TMC5 TLC5/ TCC5 -- TCD5 -- TLE5/ TCE5 -- -- -- Bit 4 -- TCA4 -- TLB4/ TCB4 -- TLC4/ TCC4 -- TCD4 -- TLE4/ TCE4 -- -- -- Bit 3 TMA3 TCA3 -- TLB3/ TCB3 -- TLC3/ TCC3 -- TCD3 -- TLE3/ TCE3 -- -- -- Bit 2 TMA2 TCA2 TMB2 TLB2/ TCB2 TMC2 TLC2/ TCC2 -- TCD2 TME2 TLE2/ TCE2 -- -- -- Bit 1 TMA1 TCA1 TMB1 TLB1/ TCB1 TMC1 TLC1/ TCC1 -- TCD1 TME1 TLE1/ TCE1 -- -- -- Bit 0 TMA0 TCA0 TMB0 TLB0/ TCB0 TMC0 TLC0/ TCC0 EDG TCD0 TME0 TLE0/ TCE0 -- -- PWCR0 14-bit PWM Timer E Timer D Timer C Timer B Module Name Timer A DataShee .com PWDRU5 PWDRU4 PWDRU3 -- PDR05 PDR15 -- -- PDR45 PDR55 PDR65 PDR75 -- PDR95 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR04 PDR14 -- -- PDR44 PDR54 PDR64 PDR74 -- PDR94 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR03 -- -- -- PDR43 PDR53 PDR63 PDR73 -- PDR93 -- -- -- -- -- -- PWDRU2 PWDRU1 PWDRU0 PWDRL7 PWDRL6 PWDRL5 PWDRL4 PWDRL3 PWDRL2 PWDRL1 PWDRL0 -- PDR07 -- -- -- PDR47 PDR57 PDR67 PDR77 -- PDR97 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR06 -- -- -- PDR46 PDR56 PDR66 PDR76 -- PDR96 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR02 -- -- -- PDR42 PDR52 PDR62 PDR72 -- PDR92 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR01 PDR11 -- -- PDR41 PDR51 PDR61 PDR71 -- PDR91 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PDR00 PDR10 -- -- PDR40 PDR50 PDR60 PDR70 -- PDR90 -- -- -- -- -- -- I/O ports .com H'DE -- H'DF -- H'DD -- DataSheet 4 U .com 266 www..com B.1 On-Chip Registers (1) (cont) Addr. (Last Register Byte) Name H'E0 -- H'E1 PCR1 H'E2 -- H'E3 -- H'E4 -- H'E5 -- H'E6 -- H'E7 -- H'E8 -- H'E9 PCR9 Bit Names Bit 7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR97 -- Bit 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR96 -- Bit 5 -- PCR15 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR95 -- IRQC5 SI2 CS Bit 4 -- PCR14 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR94 -- IRQC4 SCK2 -- Bit 3 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR93 -- -- SO1 SO1 -- AN3 LSON DTON -- -- IENTD -- -- IRRTD -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Bit 2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR92 -- -- SI1 -- -- AN2 -- -- -- -- IENTC -- -- IRRTC -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Bit 1 -- PCR11 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR91 -- IRQC1 SCK1 -- -- AN1 -- -- IEG1 IEN1 IENTB IENS2 IRRI1 IRRTB IRRS2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Bit 0 -- PCR10 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- PCR90 -- IRQC0 PWM -- -- AN0 -- -- IEG0 IEN0 IENTA IENS1 IRRI0 IRRTA IRRS1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- System control Module Name I/O ports t4U.com H'EA -- H'EB PMR1 H'EC PMR2 H'ED PMR3 H'EE PMR4 H'EF PMR0 H'F0 H'F1 H'F2 H'F3 H'F4 H'F5 H'F6 H'F7 H'F8 H'F9 SYSCR1 SYSCR2 IEGR IENR1 IENR2 IENR3 IRR1 IRR2 IRR3 -- NOISE EVENT CANCEL UP/ DOWN -- TEO AN7 SSBY -- -- -- -- IENAD -- -- IRRAD -- -- -- -- -- -- -- SO2 SO2 PMOS DataShee .com PMOS VRFR AN4 STS0 -- IEG4 IEN4 IENTE -- IRRI4 IRRTE -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- AN5 STS1 -- -- IEN5 IENDT -- IRRI5 IRRDT -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- TEO ON FREQ AN6 STS2 -- -- -- -- IENKS -- -- IRRKS -- -- -- -- -- -- -- H'FA -- H'FB -- H'FC -- .com H'FE -- H'FF -- H'FD -- DataSheet 4 U .com 267 www..com B.2 On-Chip Registers (2) Register acronym Register name Address to which register is mapped Name of on-chip peripheral module DBR--Digit Beginning Register H'BB VFD Controller Bit numbers Bit 7 VFDE Initial value Read/Write 0 R/W 6 DISP 0 R/W 5 -- 0 -- 4 -- 0 R/W 3 DBR3 0 R/W 2 DBR2 0 R/W 1 DBR1 0 R/W 0 DBR0 0 R/W Initial bit values Segment Pin Select 0 0 0 0 FD0 to FD7 Possible types of access R Read only Write only Read and write W 0 0 0 1 FD1 to FD7, FS7 0 0 1 0 FD2 to FD7, FS7 to FS6 0 0 1 1 FD3 to FD7, FS7 to FS5 0 1 0 0 FD4 to FD7, FS7 to FS4 0 1 0 1 FD5 to FD7, FS7 to FS3 0 1 1 0 FD6 to FD7, FS7 to FS2 0 1 1 1 FD to FD7, FS7 to FS1 1*** Display Bit 0 All segment pins are in non-illuminating .com state (pull-down state). Digit pins continue operating. Register and RAM values are unchanged. 1 Display RAM contents are output to segment pins. FS7 to FS0 Note: * Don't care. Bit names and positions. Dashes (--) indicate reserved bits. t4U.com R/W Full name of bit DataShee Bit settings and descriptions .com DataSheet 4 U .com 268 www..com STAR--Start Address Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 STA4 0 R/W 3 STA3 0 R/W H'A0 2 STA2 0 R/W 1 STA1 0 R/W 0 SCI2 STA0 0 R/W Designates transfer starting address in range from H'FF80 to H'FF9F. EDAR--End Address Register Bit Initial value 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 EDA4 0 R/W 3 EDA3 0 R/W H'A1 2 EDA2 0 R/W 1 EDA1 0 R/W 0 SCI2 EDA0 0 R/W U.com t4Read/Write DataShee Designates transfer end address in range from H'FF80 to H'FF9F. SCR2--Serial Control Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- .com H'A2 4 I/O 0 R/W 3 GAP2 0 R/W 2 GAP1 0 R/W 1 PS1 0 R/W 0 PS0 0 R/W SCI2 Transmit/Receive Select 0 Receive mode 1 Transmit mode H8/300L '91 EDAR Gap Select 0 0 No gap insertion 0 1 1-clock gap insertion 1 0 2-clock gap insertion 1 1 8-clock gap insertion Serial Clock Select 0 0 /2, SCK 2 is output pin 0 1 /4, SCK 2 is output pin 1 0 /8, SCK 2 is output pin 1 1 External clock, SCK 2 is input pin H8/300L '91 STAR .com DataSheet 4 U .com 269 www..com STSR--Status Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 SO2 LAST BIT H'A3 3 OVR Not fixed R/W* 2 WT 0 R/W* 1 GIT 0 R/W 0 STF 0 R/W SCI2 0 R/W Extended Data Bit 0 Pin SO 2 output low 1 Pin SO 2 output high Waiting Flag 0 [Clear condition] When STSR is written 1 [Set condition] When 32-byte data buffer is read or written during transfer Overrun Flag 0 [Clear condition] When STSR is written 1 [Set condition] When overrun occurs Gap Interval Flag 0 Insert gap every 16 bits 1 Insert gap every 8 bits Start/Busy Flag 0 [Read] Transfer stopped [Write] Transfer aborted t4U.com DataShee .com Note: * Cleared to 0 by a write access to STSR. 1 [Read] Transfer in progress [Write] Starts transfer .com H S 270 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com SMR1--Serial Mode Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 SMR16 0 W 5 SMR15 0 W 4 SMR14 0 W 3 H'B0 2 SMR12 0 W 1 SMR11 0 W 0 SCI1 SMR13 0 W SMR10 0 W Operation Mode Select 00 10 0 0 Clock continuous output mode Clock continuous output mode Not 00 8-bit transfer mode Not 00 16-bit transfer mode Clock Select 0 0 0 0 /1024, SCK 1 is output pin 1 /256, SCK 1 is output pin 1 0 /64, SCK 1 is output pin 1 /32, SCK 1 is output pin 1 0 0 /16, SCK 1 is output pin 1 /8, SCK 1 is output pin 1 0 /4, SCK 1 is output pin t4U.com 1 /2, SCK 1 is output pin 1 0 0 0 Not used 1 Not used 1 0 Not used 1 Not used DataShee .com used 1 0 0 Not 1 Not used 1 0 Not used 1 External clock, SCK 1 is input pin SDRU1--Serial Data Register U1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 6 5 4 3 H'B1 2 1 0 SCI1 SDRU17 SDRU16 SDRU15 SDRU14 SDRU13 SDRU12 SDRU11 SDRU10 * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W Used to set transmit data and store received data. 8-bit transfer mode: not used 16-bit transfer mode: upper 8-bits of data register Note: * Not fixed .com H8/300L '91 SMR1 DataSheet 4 U .com 271 www..com SDRL1--Serial Data Register L1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 6 5 4 3 H'B2 2 1 0 SCI1 SDRL17 SDRL16 SDRL15 SDRL14 SDRL13 SDRL12 SDRL11 SDRL10 * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W * R/W Used to set transmit data and store received data. 8-bit transfer mode: data register 16-bit transfer mode: lower 8-bits of data register Note: * Not fixed SPR1--Serial Port Register 1 Bit 7 SO1 LAST BIT H'B3 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- -- SCI1 6 -- 1 -- t4U.com Initial value Read/Write * R/W DataS H8/300L '9 1 SDRL1 hee Extended Data Bit .com 0 Pin SO 1 output low 0 Pin SO 1 output high Note: * Not fixed H8/300L SPR1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 272 www..com VFSR--VFD Segment Control Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 VFLAG 0 R/W 6 KSE 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 SR4 0 R/W 3 SR3 0 R/W H'B9 2 SR2 0 R/W VFD Controller/Driver 1 SR1 0 R/W 0 SR0 0 R/W Segment Pin Select 00000 Key Scan Enable 0 No key scan interval 1 Key scan interval added 00001 00010 00011 00100 00101 00110 FS0 FS0 to FS1 FS0 to FS2 FS0 to FS3 FS0 to FS4 FS0 to FS5 FS0 to FS6 FS0 to FS7 FS0 to FS8 FS0 to FS9 FS0 to FS10 FS0 to FS11 FS0 to FS12 FS0 to FS13 FS0 to FS14 FS0 to FS15 10000 10001 10010 10011 10100 10101 10110 10111 11000 11001 11010 11011 11100 11101 11110 11111 FS0 to FS16 FS0 to FS17 FS0 to FS18 FS0 to FS19 FS0 to FS20 FS0 to FS21 FS0 to FS22 FS0 to FS23 t4U.com 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 DataShee .com VFD/Port Switching Flag 0 All pins doubling as general-purpose ports and VFD pins are used as general-purpose ports. 1 Pins designated as digit or segment pins function as VFD pins. .com H8/300 VFSR DataSheet 4 U .com 273 www..com VFDR--VFD Digit Control Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 FLMO 0 R/W 6 DM2 0 R/W 5 DM1 0 R/W 4 DM0 0 R/W 3 DR3 0 R/W H'BA 2 DR2 0 R/W VFD Controller/Driver 1 DR1 0 R/W 0 DR0 0 R/W Digit Pin Select 0 0 0 0 FD0 to FD15 1 0 0 0 FD0 to FD7 0 0 0 1 FD0 to FD14 1 0 0 1 FD0 to FD6 0 0 1 0 FD0 to FD13 1 0 1 0 FD0 to FD5 0 0 1 1 FD0 to FD12 1 0 1 1 FD0 to FD4 0 1 0 0 FD0 to FD11 1 1 0 0 FD0 to FD3 0 1 0 1 FD0 to FD10 1 1 0 1 FD0 to FD2 0 1 1 0 FD0 to FD9 1 1 1 0 FD0 to FD1 1 1 1 1 FD0 t4U.com 0 1 1 1 FD0 to FD8 Digit Waveform Select 000 1 1 0 .com 1 100 1 10 1 Tdigit Tdimmer VFD Mode Bit 0 T digit = 1536/ , T dimmer = 96/ 1 T digit = 768/, Tdimmer = 48/ DataShee .com H8 VF 274 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com DBR--Digit Beginning Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 VFDE 0 R/W 6 DISP 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 0 R/W 3 H'BB 2 DBR2 0 R/W VFD Controller/Driver 1 DBR1 0 R/W 0 DBR0 0 R/W DBR3 0 R/W Digit/Segment Pin Function Select 0 0 0 0 FD0 to FD7 0 0 0 1 FD1 to FD7, FS7 0 0 1 0 FD2 to FD7, FS7 to FS6 0 0 1 1 FD3 to FD7, FS7 to FS5 0 1 0 0 FD4 to FD7, FS7 to FS4 0 1 0 1 FD5 to FD7, FS7 to FS3 0 1 1 0 FD6 to FD7, FS7 to FS2 t4U.com Display Bit 0111 1*** FD7, FS7 to FS1 FS7 to FS0 Note: * Don't care. DataShee 0 All segment pins are in non-illuminating state (pulled down). .com Digit pins continue operating. Register and RAM values are unchanged. 1 Display RAM contents are output to segment pins. VFD Enable 0 VFD controller/driver is in reset state. 1 VFD controller/driver is in active state. .com H8/300L '9 DBR 275 DataSheet 4 U .com www..com AMR--A/D Mode Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 AMR7 0 R/W Clock Select 0 Conversion period is 62/ 1 Conversion period is 31/ 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'BC 2 AMR2 0 R/W 1 A/D Converter 0 AMR0 0 R/W AMR1 0 R/W Channel Select 0 0 0 Analog input pin is AN0 1 Analog input pin is AN1 1 0 Analog input pin is AN2 1 Analog input pin is AN3 1 0 0 Analog input pin is AN4 1 Analog input pin is AN5 1 0 Analog input pin is AN6 t4U.com ADRR--A/D Result Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 ADR7 * R 6 ADR6 * R 1 Analog input pin is AN7 DataShee H'BD A/D Converter 2 1 ADR1 * R 0 ADR0 * R .com ADR5 * R ADR4 * R 5 4 3 ADR3 * R ADR2 * R A/D Conversion Result Note: * Not fixed H8/300L '9 ADRR .com DataSheet 4 U .com 276 www..com ADSR--A/D Start Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 ADSF 0 R/W A/D Start Flag 0 [Read] A/D conversion stopped or complete [Write] A/D conversion aborted 1 [Read] A/D conversion in progress [Write] Starts A/D conversion 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'BE 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- A/D Converter 0 -- 1 -- TMA--Timer Mode Register A Bit t4U.com Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 TMA3 0 R/W H'C0 2 TMA2 0 R/W 1 TMA1 0 R/W Timer A 0 Data H8/300L '91Sh TMA0 ADSR 0 R/W ee Clock Select .com 0 0 0 0 Input source PSS, /8192 1 Input source PSS, /4096 1 0 Input source PSS, /2048 1 Input source PSS, /512 1 0 0 Input source PSS, /256 1 Input source PSS, /128 1 0 Input source PSS, /32 1 Input source PSS, /8 1 0 0 0 Input source PSW, 2 s 1 Input source PSW, 1 s 1 0 Input source PSW, 0.5 s 1 Input source PSW, 125 ms 1 0 0 PSW and TCA reset 1 10 1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 277 www..com TCA--Timer Counter A Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCA7 0 R 6 TCA6 0 R 5 TCA5 0 R 4 TCA4 0 R 3 TCA3 0 R H'C1 2 TCA2 0 R 1 TCA1 0 R Timer A 0 TCA0 0 R Count Value TMB--Timer Mode Register B Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TMB7 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'C2 2 TMB2 0 R/W 1 TMB1 0 R/W Timer B 0 TMB0 0 R/W t4U.com Clock Select 0 0 0 Internal clock, /8192 1 Internal clock, /2048 1 0 Internal clock, /512 DataSh '9 H8/300L e TCA e .com clock, /256 1 Internal 1 0 0 Internal clock, /128 1 Internal clock, /32 1 0 Internal clock, /8 1 External clock, choice of rising or falling edge Auto Reload Function Select 0 Free-running timer 1 Auto-reload timer H8/300L TMB .com DataSheet 4 U .com 278 www..com TCB--Timer Counter B Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCB7 0 R 6 TCB6 0 R 5 TCB5 0 R 4 TCB4 0 R 3 TCB3 0 R H'C3 2 TCB2 0 R 1 TCB1 0 R Timer B 0 TCB0 0 R Count Value TLB--Timer Load Register B Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLB7 0 W 6 TLB6 0 W 5 TLB5 0 W 4 TLB4 0 W 3 TLB3 0 W H'C3 2 TLB2 0 W 1 TLB1 0 W Timer B 0 TLB0 0 W t4U.com Reload Value Setting Data H8/300L '91She TCB e .com H8/300L '91 TLB .com DataSheet 4 U .com 279 www..com TMC--Timer Mode Register C Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TMC7 0 R/W 6 TMC6 0 R/W 5 TMC5 0 R/W 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'C4 2 TMC2 0 R/W 1 TMC1 0 R/W Timer C 0 TMC0 0 R/W Clock Select 0 0 0 Internal clock, /8192 1 Internal clock, /2048 1 0 Internal clock, /512 1 Internal clock, /256 1 0 0 Internal clock, /128 1 Internal clock, /32 1 0 Internal clock, /8 t4U.com 0 0 Up-counter 1 External clock, choice of rising or falling edge Count-Up/Down Control 1 Down-counter 1 * Hardware control via pin P9 7/UD. High is down, low is up. .com Note: * Don't care. Auto-Reload Function Select 0 Free-running timer 1 Auto-reload timer DataShee TCC--Timer Counter C Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCC7 0 R 6 TCC6 0 R 5 TCC5 0 R 4 TCC4 0 R 3 TCC3 0 R H'C5 2 TCC2 0 R 1 0 R Timer C 0 H8/300L '91 TMC TCC0 TCC1 0 R Count Value .com DataSheet 4 U .com 280 www..com TLC--Timer Load Register C Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLC7 0 W 6 TLC6 0 W 5 TLC5 0 W 4 TLC4 0 W 3 TLC3 0 W H'C5 2 TLC2 0 W 1 TLC1 0 W Timer C 0 TLC0 0 W Reload Value Setting TMD--Timer Mode Register D Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 CLR 0 W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'C6 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- Timer D 0 EDG 0 R/W t4U.com 0 Edge Select Data H8/300L '91She TLC Incremented at falling edge of EVENT pin input e 1 Incremented at rising edge of EVENT pin input Counter Clear 1 TCD is initialized to H'00. .com 0 After this bit is set to 1 and TCD is initialized, it is automatically cleared by hardware. TCD--Timer Counter D Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCD7 0 R 6 TCD6 0 R 5 TCD5 0 R 4 TCD4 0 R 3 TCD3 0 R H'C7 2 TCD2 0 R 1 TCD1 0 R Timer D 0 TCD0 0 R Count Value H8/300L '91 TMD .com DataSheet 4 U .com 281 H8/300L '91 www..com TME--Timer Mode Register E Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TME7 0 R/W 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'C8 2 TME2 0 R/W 1 TME1 0 R/W Timer E 0 TME0 0 R/W Auto-Reload Function Select 0 Free-running timer 1 Auto-reload timer Clock Select 0 0 0 Internal clock, /8192 1 Internal clock, /4096 1 0 Internal clock, /2048 1 Internal clock, /512 1 0 0 Internal clock, /256 1 Internal clock, /128 1 0 Internal clock, /32 t4U.com TCE--Timer Counter E Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TCE7 0 R 6 TCE6 0 R 1 Internal clock, /8 DataShee Timer E H'C9 .com TCE5 0 R TCE4 0 R 5 4 3 TCE3 0 R 2 TCE2 0 R 1 TCE1 0 R 0 TCE0 0 R Count Value TLE--Timer Load Register E Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TLE7 0 W 6 TLE6 0 W 5 TLE5 0 W 4 TLE4 0 W 3 TLE3 0 W H'C9 2 TLE2 0 W 1 TLE1 0 W H8/300L '91 Timer TME E 0 TLE0 0 W Reload Value Setting H8/300L '9 TCE .com DataSheet 4 U .com 282 www..com PWCR--PWM Control Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- Clock Select 3 -- 1 -- H'CC 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- 14-bit PWM 0 PWCR0 0 W 0 The input clock is /2. The conversion period is 16384/ , with a minimum modulation width of 1/ . 1 The input clock is /4. The conversion period is 32768/ , with a minimum modulation width of 2/ . PWDRU--PWM Data Register U H'CD 5 0 W 4 0 W 3 0 W 2 0 W 1 0 W 14-bit PWM 0 0 W t4U.com Initial value Read/Write Bit 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- PWDRU5 PWDRU4 PWDRU3 PWDRU2 PWDRU1 PWDRU0 DataShee Upper 6 Bits of Data for PWM Waveform Generation .com PWDRL--PWM Data Register L Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 0 W 6 0 W 5 0 W 4 0 W 3 0 W H'CE 2 0 W 1 0 W H8/300L '91 PWCR 14-bit PWM 0 0 W PWDRL7 PWDRL6 PWDRL5 PWDRL4 PWDRL3 PWDRL2 PWDRL1 PWDRL0 Lower 8 Bits of Data for PWM Waveform Generation H8/300L '91 PWDRU .com DataSheet 4 U .com 283 www..com PDR0--Port Data Register 0 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PDR0 7 -- R 6 PDR0 6 -- R 5 PDR0 5 -- R 4 PDR0 4 -- R 3 H'D0 2 PDR0 2 -- R 1 PDR0 1 -- R I/O Ports 0 PDR0 0 -- R PDR03 -- R PDR1--Port Data Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- --* -- 6 -- --* -- 5 PDR1 5 0 R/W 4 PDR14 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- H'D1 2 -- 1 -- 1 PDR11 0 R/W I/O Ports 0 PDR10 0 R/W Note: * Pins P16 and P17 are input-only pins; whenever they are read, the pin level is read out. t4U.com PDR4--Port Data Register 4 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PDR4 7 0 R/W 6 PDR4 6 0 R/W 5 PDR4 0 R/W 4 PDR4 0 R/W 3 H'D4 2 PDR4 2 0 R/W 1 PDR4 1 0 R/W Data H8/300L '91 I/O PDR0Ports 0 PDR4 0 0 R/W H8/300L '91 I/O PDR1Ports 2 1 PDR5 1 0 R/W 0 PDR5 0 0 R/W Shee 5 4 .com PDR4 3 0 R/W PDR5--Port Data Register 5 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PDR5 7 0 R/W 6 PDR5 6 0 R/W 5 PDR5 5 0 R/W 4 PDR54 0 R/W 3 H'D5 PDR5 3 0 R/W PDR5 2 0 R/W PDR6--Port Data Register 6 Bit Initial value Read/Write .com 7 PDR6 7 0 R/W 6 PDR6 6 0 R/W 5 PDR6 5 0 R/W 4 PDR64 0 R/W 3 H'D6 2 PDR6 2 0 R/W 1 PDR6 1 0 R/W I/O Ports H8/300L '91 0 PDR4 PDR6 0 0 R/W PDR6 3 0 R/W DataSheet 4 U .com 284 H8/300L '91 PDR5 www..com PDR7--Port Data Register 7 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PDR7 7 0 R/W 6 PDR7 6 0 R/W 5 PDR7 5 0 R/W 4 PDR74 0 R/W 3 H'D7 2 PDR7 2 0 R/W 1 PDR7 1 0 R/W I/O Ports 0 PDR7 0 0 R/W PDR7 3 0 R/W PDR9--Port Data Register 9 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PDR9 7 0 R/W 6 PDR9 6 0 R/W 5 PDR9 5 0 R/W 4 PDR94 0 R/W 3 H'D9 2 PDR9 2 0 R/W 1 PDR9 1 0 R/W I/O Ports 0 PDR9 0 0 R/W PDR9 3 0 R/W PCR1--Port Control Register 1 t4U.com Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 PCR15 0 4 PCR14 0 3 -- 1 H'E1 2 -- 1 -- 1 PCR11 0 W 0 PDR7 PCR10 0 W I/O Ports D Shee H8/300L '91 ata W .com W -- Port 1 I/O Select 0 Input port 1 Output port H8/300L '91 PDR9 PCR9--Port Control Register 9 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 PCR9 7 0 W 6 PCR9 6 0 W 5 PCR95 0 W 4 PCR94 0 W 3 PCR93 0 W H'E9 2 PCR92 0 W 1 PCR91 0 W I/O Ports 0 PCR90 0 W Port 9 I/O Select 0 Input port 1 Output port .com DataSheet 4 U .com 285 H8/300L '91 PCR1 www..com PMR1--Port Mode Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 NOISE CANCEL H'EB 5 IRQC5 0 R/W 4 IRQC4 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- 2 -- 1 -- 1 IRQC1 0 R/W I/O Ports 0 IRQC0 0 R/W 6 EVENT 0 R/W 0 R/W P16/EVENT Pin Function Switch 0 P16 pin function 1 EVENT pin function Noise Cancel 0 IRQ0 pin noise cancel function off P10/IRQ0 Pin Function Switch 0 P10 pin function 1 IRQ0 pin function P11/IRQ1 Pin Function Switch 0 P11 pin function 1 IRQ1 pin function P14/IRQ4 Pin Function Switch 0 P14 pin function 1 IRQ4 pin function t4U.com 1 IRQ0 pin noise cancel function on DataShee P15/IRQ5 /TMOE .comPin Function Switch 0 P15/TMOE pin function* 1 IRQ5 pin function Note: * For the switching between P15 and TMOE pin functions see under PMR4. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 286 H8/300 PMR1 www..com PMR2--Port Mode Register 2 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 UP/ DOWN H'EC 5 SI2 0 R/W 4 SCK2 0 R/W 3 SO1 0 R/W 2 SI1 0 R/W 1 SCK1 0 R/W I/O Ports 0 PWM 0 R/W 6 SO2 0 R/W 0 R/W P96 /SO2 Pin Function Switch 0 P9 6 pin function 1 SO2 pin function P97 /UD Pin Function Switch 0 P97 pin function 1 UD pin function P9 0/PWM Pin Function Switch 0 P9 0 pin function 1 PWM pin function P9 1/SCK1 Pin Function Switch 0 P91 pin function 1 SCK 1 pin function P92 /SI 1 pin function switch 0 P92 pin function 1 SI1 pin function P9 3 /SO .com 1Pin Function Switch 0 P93 pin function 1 SO1 pin function P9 4/SCK2 Pin Function Switch 0 P94 pin function 1 SCK2 pin function P9 5/SI 1/CS Pin Function Switch 0 P95 pin function 1 SI 1/CS pin function* t4U.com DataShee Note: * For the switching between SI1 and CS pin functions see under PMR3. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 287 H8/300L '9 PMR2 www..com PMR3--Port Mode Register 3 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 SO2 PMOS H'ED 5 CS 0 R/W 4 -- 1 -- 3 SO1 PMOS I/O Ports 2 1 -- 1 -- 0 -- 1 -- -- 1 -- 0 R/W 0 R/W SO1 Pin PMOS On/Off 0 SO1 pin PMOS buffer on. CMOS output. 1 SO1 pin PMOS off. NMOS open-drain output. Chip Select Output Select PMR2 PMR3 SI2 CS P9 5/SI 2/CS pin function switch 0 0 1 0 1 SO2 Pin PMOS On/Off 0 SO2 pin PMOS buffer on. CMOS output. 1 SO2 pin PMOS off. NMOS open-drain output. P95 pin function SI 2 pin function CS pin function t4U.com 1 DataShee .com .com H8 PM DataSheet 4 U .com 288 www..com PMR4--Port Mode Register 4 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 TEO 0 R/W 6 TEO ON 0 R/W 5 FREQ 0 R/W 4 VRFR 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- H'EE 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 1 -- I/O Ports 0 -- 1 -- Timer E Output Control PMR1 IRQC5 0 0 0 0 0 PMR4 P15 /IRQ 5/TMOE Pin TEO TEO ON FREQ VRFR Function Switch 0 1 1 1 1 * 0 1 1 1 * * 0 1 * * * 0 0 1 P15 pin function Pin Status Standard I/O port TMOE pin function (off) Low-level output TMOE pin function (on) Fixed-frequency output: /2048 TMOE pin function (on) Fixed-frequency output: /1024 t4U.com 1 * * * * Note: * Don't care. TMOE pin function (on) Variable-frequency output: output toggles at each timer E overflow DataShee IRQ5 pin function External interrupt input PMR0--Port Mode Register 0 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 AN7 0 W 6 AN6 0 W 5 .com H'EF 4 AN4 0 W 3 AN3 0 W 2 AN2 0 W 1 AN1 0 W I/O Ports 0 AN0 0 W H8/300L '91 PMR4 AN5 0 W Analog Input Select 0 General-purpose input port 1 Analog input channel .com DataSheet 4 U .com 289 www..com SYSCR1--System Control Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 SSBY 0 R/W *1 H'F0 4 STS0 0 R/W 3 LSON 0 R/W 2 -- 0 R/W *2 System Control 1 -- 0 -- 0 -- 0 -- 6 STS2 0 R/W 5 STS1 0 R/W Low-Speed On Flag Standby Timer Select 0 CPU runs on system clock ( ) 1 CPU runs on subclock ( SUB) 0 0 0 Wait time = 8192 states 0 0 1 Wait time = 16384 states 0 1 0 Wait time = 32768 states 0 1 1 Wait time = 65536 states t4U.com 1 *3 *3 Wait time = 131072 states DataShee Standby 0 Sleep mode entered after SLEEP instruction is executed. 1 Standby mode entered after SLEEP instruction is executed. .com Notes: 1. Write is enabled in active mode only. 2. This relates to the transitions between operation modes, so functioning depends on the combination of this bit with other control bits and interrupts. For details see 3.3, System Modes. 3. Don't care. SYSCR2--System Control Register 2 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 DTON 0 W* H'F1 2 -- 1 -- 1 -- 0 System Control 0 -- 0 H8/300L '91 R/W SYSCR1 R/W Direct Transfer On Flag 0 In subactive mode, watch mode is entered when a SLEEP instruction is executed. 1 In subactive mode, if LSON bit = 0, active mode is entered via watch mode when a SLEEP instruction is executed. .com Note: * Write is enabled in subactive mode only. DataSheet 4 U .com 290 www..com IEGR--IRQ Edge Select Register Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 -- 1 -- 4 IEG4 0 R/W 3 -- 1 -- H'F2 2 -- 1 -- 1 System Control 0 IEG0 0 R/W IEG1 0 R/W IRQ 4 Input Edge Select 0 Rising edge detected. 1 Falling edge detected. IRQ 0 Input Edge Select 0 Rising edge detected. 1 Falling edge detected. IRQ 1 Input Edge Select 0 Rising edge detected. 1 Falling edge detected. t4U.com IENR1--Interrupt Enable Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 IEN5 R/W 4 IEN4 R/W 3 -- R/W H'F3 2 -- 0 R/W 1 DataShee System Control 0 IEN0 0 R/W IEN1 0 R/W .com 0 0 0 IRQ 5 Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. IRQ 4 Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. IRQ 0 Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. H8/300L '91 IEGR 1 Interrupts enabled. IRQ 1 Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 291 www..com IENR2--Interrupt Enable Register 2 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 0 R/W 6 -- 0 R/W 5 IENDT 0 R/W 4 IENTE 0 R/W 3 H'F4 2 IENTC 0 R/W 1 System Control 0 IENTA 0 R/W IENTD 0 R/W IENTB 0 R/W DTON Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. Timer E Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. Timer A Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. Timer B Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. t4U.com Timer D Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. DataShee Timer C Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. .com IENR3--Interrupt Enable Register 3 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 IENAD 0 R/W 6 IENKS 0 R/W 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'F5 2 -- 1 -- 1 System Control 0 IENS1 0 R/W IENS2 0 R/W Key Scan Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. SCI2 Interrupt Enable 0 Interrupts disabled. 1 Interrupts enabled. SCI1 Interrupt Enable H8/300L '9 0 Interrupts disabled. IENR2 1 Interrupts enabled. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 292 www..com IRR1--Interrupt Request Register 1 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 1 -- 6 -- 1 -- 5 IRRI5 0 R/W* 4 IRRI4 0 R/W* 3 -- 0 -- H'F6 2 -- 0 -- 1 System Control 0 IRRI0 0 R/W* IRRI1 0 R/W* IRQ 5 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request raised IRQ 4 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request raised IRQ 0 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request raised IRQ 1 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request raised t4U.com Note: * Only 0 can be written, to clear the flag. DataShee .com H8/300L '91 IRR1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 293 www..com IRR2--Interrupt Request Register 2 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 -- 0 -- 6 -- 0 -- 5 IRRDT 0 R/W* 4 IRRTE 0 R/W* 3 H'F7 2 IRRTC 0 R/W* 1 System Control 0 IRRTA 0 R/W* IRRTD 0 R/W* IRRTB 0 R/W* DTON Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request Timer E Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request Timer A Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request Timer B Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request t4U.com Timer D Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request DataShee Timer C Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request .com Note: * Only 0 can be written, to clear the flag. IRR3--Interrupt Request Register 3 Bit Initial value Read/Write 7 IRRAD 0 R/W* 6 IRRKS 0 R/W* 5 -- 1 -- 4 -- 1 -- 3 -- 1 -- H'F8 2 -- 1 -- 1 System Control 0 IRRS1 0 R/W* H8/3 IRR2 IRRS2 0 R/W* Key Scan Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request A/D Conversion Complete Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request SCI2 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request Note: * Only 0 can be written, to clear the flag. SCI1 Interrupt Request 0 No interrupt request 1 Interrupt request .com 1 Interrupt request DataSheet 4 U .com 294 www..com Appendix C I/O Port Block Diagrams C.1 Port 0 Block Diagram PMR0 (bit n) P0n Internal data bus A/D converter t4U.com VIN SEL DataShee PMR0: Port mode register 0 n = 0 to 7 .com Figure C-1 Port 0 Block Diagram H8/300L '91 Fig. C-1 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 295 www..com C.2 Port 1 Block Diagram STBY VCC Option VCC PDR1 (bit n) P1n PMR1 (bit n) PCR1 (bit n) Internal data bus t4U.com VSS DataShee .com PDR1: Port data register 1 PMR1: Port mode register 1 PCR1: Port control register 1 n = 0, 1, 4 IRQ P1 0 : IRQ 0 P1 1 : IRQ 1 P1 4 : IRQ 4 Figure C-2 (a) Port 1 Block Diagram (Pins P10, P11, and P14) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-2 (a) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 296 www..com STBY Timer E TMOE TEO PDR1 (bit 5) P15 PMR1 (bit 5) PCR1 (bit 5) VSS VCC Option VCC Internal data bus t4U.com DataShee IRQ5 PDR1: Port data register 1 PMR1: Port mode register 1 .com PCR1: Port control register 1 TEO: Port mode register 4, bit 7 TMOE: Square wave output Figure C-2 (b) Port 1 Block Diagram (Pin P15) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-2 (b) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 297 www..com STBY Option PDR1 (bit 6) P16 Internal data bus Timer D EVENT EDG (edge select) t4U.com PMR1: Port mode register 1 DataShee Figure C-2 (c) Port 1 Block Diagram (Pin P16) .com Option P17 VSS Vdisp Internal data bus H8/300L '91 Fig. C-2 (c) Figure C-2 (d) Port 1 Block Diagram (Pin P17) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 298 www..com C.3 Port 4 Block Diagram STBY Decoder VCC VFD controller/ driver SR 4 to SR 0 VFLAG LTCLK RAM SGDL DATA P4 n t4U.com Option PDR4 (bit n) Internal data bus DataShee Vdisp .com PDR4: Port data register 4 SGDL: Segment data latch LTCLK: Segment data latch clock SR 4 to SR 0 : VFD segment control register bits 4 to 0 VFLAG: VFD segment control register bit 7 n = 0 to 7 Figure C-3 Port 4 Block Diagram H8/300L '91 Fig. C-4 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 299 www..com C.4 Port 5 Block Diagram STBY Decoder VCC VFD controller/ driver SR 4 to SR 0 VFLAG LTCLK RAM SGDL DATA P5 n t4U.com Option PDR5 (bit n) Internal data bus DataShee Vdisp .com PDR5: Port data register 5 SGDL: Segment data latch LTCLK: Segment data latch clock SR 4 to SR 0 : VFD segment control register bits 4 to 0 VFLAG: VFD segment control register bit 7 n = 0 to 7 Figure C-4 Port 5 Block Diagram H8/300L '91 Fig. C-5 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 300 www..com C.5 Port 6 Block Diagram VFD controller/ driver FD STBY DBR3 to DBR0 VCC Decoder DR3 to DR0 SR4 to SR0 VFLAG LTCLK RAM P6 n SGDL DATA t4U.com Option PDR6 (bit n) Internal data bus DataShe e Vdisp .com PDR6: Port data register 6 SGDL: Segment data latch LTCLK: Segment data latch clock FD: Digit output waveform DBR3 to DBR0: Digit beginning register bits 3 to 0 DR3 to DR0: VFD digit control register bits 3 to 0 SR4 to SR0: VFD segment control register bits 4 to 0 VFLAG: VFD segment control register bit 7 n = 0 to 7 Figure C-5 Port 6 Block Diagram H8/300L '91 Fig. C-6 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 301 www..com C.6 Port 7 Block Diagram VFD controller/ driver STBY FD Decoder DR3 to DR0 VFLAG VCC P7 n PDR7 (bit n) Internal data bus t4U.com Option DataShe e Vdisp .com PDR7: Port data register 7 FD: Digit output waveform DR3 to DR0: VFD digit control register bits 3 to 0 VFLAG: VFD segment control register bit 7 n = 0 to 7 Figure C-6 Port 7 Block Diagram H8/300L '91 Fig. C-7 .com DataSheet 4 U .com 302 www..com C.7 Port 9 Block Diagram STBY VCC Option VCC PWM PWM PDR9 (bit 0) P90 PMR2 (bit 0) PCR9 (bit 0) Internal data bus t4U.com VSS DataShe e PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 PCR9: Port control register 9 .com Figure C-7 (a) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pin P90) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (a) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 303 www..com STBY SCI VCC Option PDR9 (bit n) P9n PMR2 (bit n) PCR9 (bit n) VSS VCC EXCK SCKO SCKi Internal data bus t4U.com DataShe e PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 PCR9: Port control register 9 n = 1 and 4 .com Figure C-7 (b) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pins P91 and P94) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (b) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 304 www..com STBY VCC Option VCC PDR9 (bit 2) P92 PMR2 (bit 2) PCR9 (bit 2) VSS SCI SI PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 .com PCR9: Port control register 9 Internal data bus t4U.com DataShe e Figure C-7 (c) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pin P92) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (c) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 305 www..com STBY PMR3 P93 : bit 3 P96 : bit 6 SCI SO PDR9 (bit n) VCC Option VCC P9n PMR2 (bit n) PCR9 (bit n) Internal data bus t4U.com VSS DataShe e PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 PCR9: Port control register 9 n = 3 and 6 .com Figure C-7 (d) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pins P93 and P96) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (d) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 306 www..com STBY PMR3 (bit 5) VCC Option VCC SCI CS SI PDR9 (bit 5) P95 PMR2 (bit 5) PCR9 (bit 5) VSS Internal data bus t4U.com DataShe e PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 PCR9: Port control register 9 .com Figure C-7 (e) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pin P95) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (e) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 307 www..com STBY VCC Option VCC PDR9 (bit 7) P97 PMR2 (bit 7) PCR9 (bit 7) VSS Internal data bus t4U.com Timer C UD PDR9: Port data register 9 PMR2: Port mode register 2 PCR9: Port control register 9 DataShe e .com Figure C-7 (f) Port 9 Block Diagram (Pin P97) H8/300L '91 Fig. C-9 (f) .com DataSheet 4 U .com 308 www..com Appendix D Port States in Each Processing State Table D-1 Port States Mode Port Pins P07 to P00 P17 P16 P15, P14, P11, P10 P47 to P40 Reset Hi-Z Hi-Z Sleep Hi-Z Hi-Z Standby Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Watch Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Subactive Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Active Standard input port High-voltage input port Standard input port Standard I/O port Hi-Z or pulled up Hi-Z or pulled up Hi-Z or pulled up prev. state Hi-Z or pulled down Hi-Z or pulled down Hi-Z or pulled down Hi-Z or pulled down prev. state prev. state prev. state t4U.comP5 to P5 7 0 P67 to P60 P77 to P70 P97 to P90 Hi-Z or Hi-Z or Hi-Z or High-voltage pulled down pulled down pulled down I/O port Hi-Z or Hi-Z or Hi-Z or High-voltage ee DataSh pulled down pulled down pulled down I/O port Hi-Z or Hi-Z or Hi-Z or High-voltage pulled down pulled down pulled down I/O port prev. state Hi-Z or Hi-Z or High-voltage .com Hi-Z or pulled down pulled down pulled down I/O port Hi-Z Hi-Z Hi-Z Standard I/O port Hi-Z or pulled up prev. state Notation: Hi-Z: High-impedance state Prev. state: Input pins are in high-impedance state. Output pins hold their previous output. Hi-Z or pulled up: Standard ports for which the pull-up MOS mask option is chosen are pulled up; ports without the pull-up MOS option are in the high-impedance state. Hi-Z or pulled down: High-voltage ports for which the pull-down MOS mask option is chosen are pulled down; ports without the pull-down MOS option are in the highimpedance state. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 309 www..com Notes: 1. When MOS pull-up is chosen as a mask option with standard ports, the pull-ups are always on in active mode and sleep mode, regardless of the port control register (PCR) and port data register (PDR) settings. The pull-ups are off in power-down modes other than sleep mode. 2. The input gates of pins selected for peripheral function input remain on even in powerdown modes. Their input levels must be held fixed in order to avoid increased power dissipation. 3. The states indicated above for P17 apply when this pin is designated as a high-voltage input pin by mask option. t4U.com DataShe e .com .com DataSheet 4 U .com 310 www..com Appendix E List of Mask Options HD6433712, HD6433713 and HD6433714 Please indicate the selected specifications by marking the appropriate box (with an x or mark). The shaded boxes cannot be selected. (1) I/O Options B: With MOS pull-up D: No MOS pull-down Pin P10/IRQ0 P11/IRQ1 P14/IRQ4 P15/IRQ5/TMOE P16/EVENT P40/FS16 P41/FS17 P42/FS18 P43/FS19 P44/FS20 P45/FS21 P46/FS22 P47/FS23 P50/FS15 P51/FS14 P52/FS13 P53/FS12 P54/FS11 P55/FS10 P56/FS9 P57/FS8 P17/Vdisp I/O Standard pins C: No MOS pull-up E: With MOS pull-down I/O option BCDE Pin Date of order Company Address Name ROM code name Part no. , 19 HD6433712 HD6433714 HD6433713 I/O I/O option BCDE t4U.com (2) P17/Vdisp P17: No MOS pull-down (D) Vdisp Note: If E (MOS pull-down) is selected as an option for one or more high-voltage pins, Vdisp must be selected for the P17/Vdisp pin. (4) Oscillator at OSC 1 and OSC2 Crystal oscillator Ceramic oscillator External clock fOSC = fOSC = fOSC = MHz MHz MHz (3) Package FP-64A DP-64S (5) Oscillator at X 1 and X2 Used Not used fx = 32.768 kHz X1 = VCC .comspecification for these products. J Notes: 1. The wide temperature range specification and I specification are special specifications. There is no Please contact your local Hitachi representative for details. 2. ROM data submitted in an EPROM must be written starting from address H'0000 in accordance with the memory map of the particular microcontroller. For data outside the ROM area on the memory map use H'FF. DataSheet 4 U .com 311 Standard pins I/O I/O I/O I/O I I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I Fill in (2) below I/O P60/FD0/FS7 I/O P61/FD1/FS6 I/O P62/FD2/FS5 I/O P63/FD3/FS4 I/O P64/FD4/FS3 I/O P65/FD5/FS2 I/O P66/FD6/FS1 I/O P67/FD7/FS0 I/O P70/FD8 I/O P71/FD9 I/O P72/FD10 I/O P73/FD11 I/O P74/FD12 .com I/O P75/FD13 I/O P76/FD14 I/O P77/FD15 I/O P90/PWM I/O P91/SCK1 I/O P92/SI1 I/O P93/SO1 I/O P94/SCK2 I/O P95/SI2/CS I/O P96/SO2 I/O P97/UD High-voltage pins DataShe e High-voltage pins www..com Appendix F Rise Time and Fall Time of High-Voltage Pins With the mask ROM versions there is a choice of high-voltage pin output configurations. Either PMOS open-drain (D) or MOS pull-down (E) may be selected. (Only PMOS open-drain is available as the output configuration of high-voltage pins on ZTATTM versions.) The rise time tr and fall time tf of high-voltage pin output are as follows. It is possible to estimate tr and tf from the time constant = C.R (time up to 63% of rise or fall). tr: The time constant is determined by the PMOS on-resistance and load capacitance. The DC on-resistance is approximately 200 (based on VOH = VCC - 3 V at -IOH = 15 mA, 3/0.015 = 200). The AC on-resistance however, includes the non-saturation state when the PMOS transistor turns on (it is not a constant-current source), resulting in a longer time constant. Assuming a load capacitance of 30 pF at high-voltage pins, the minimum value is approximately 20 ns. t4U.comtf: The time constant is determined by the pull-down resistance and load capacitance (includinghee DataS wiring capacitance, etc.). As an example, assuming a pull-down resistance of 5 k and load capacitance of 30 pF, the following is derived. tf 5 x 103 x 30 x 10-12 = 150 x 10-9 (150 ns) .com MOS pull-down resistance varies from 45 k to 300 k, so all due care must be taken in timing design. VCC 63% 63% Pull-down resistance Load capacitance H8/3714 Series microcontroller tr tf Vdisp or VSS Note: If pull-down resistance is made too small in an attempt to speed up the fall time, -IOH will increase, limiting the output high-level voltage (VOH). Pull-down resistance must be set to a suitable value taking into consideration both operation speed and the output high level. .com DataSheet 4 U .com 312 www..com Appendix G Package Dimensions Figures G-1 and G-2 show the external dimensions of the FP-64A and DP-64S packages, respectively, for the H8/3712, H8/3713 and H8/3714. Unit: mm 17.2 0.3 14 48 49 17.2 0.3 33 32 0.80 64 1 0.35 0.10 17 16 3.05 Max +0.20 -0.16 0.15 M 2.70 t4U.com +0.08 -0.05 1.6 0-5 0.1 0.17 0.1 0.8 - 0.3 .com Figure G-1 External Dimensions (FP-64A) Unit: mm 64 57.6 58.50 Max 33 17.0 18.6 Max 1 1.0 32 2.54 Min 5.08 Max 19.05 0.51 Min 0.25 - 0.05 0 - 15 + 0.11 1.78 0.25 0.48 0.10 .com Figure G-2 External Dimensions (DP-64S) DataSheet 4 U .com 313 |
Price & Availability of H83714
 |
|
|
|
|
All Rights Reserved © IC-ON-LINE 2003 - 2022 |
| [Add Bookmark] [Contact Us] [Link exchange] [Privacy policy] |
|
Mirror Sites : [www.datasheet.hk]
[www.maxim4u.com] [www.ic-on-line.cn]
[www.ic-on-line.com] [www.ic-on-line.net]
[www.alldatasheet.com.cn]
[www.gdcy.com]
[www.gdcy.net] |